]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Updated.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
22
23 @ifclear PUBLISH
24 @ifclear DISTRIB
25 @ifclear PROOF
26 @set DISTRIB
27 @end ifclear
28 @end ifclear
29 @end ifclear
30
31 @ifset PUBLISH
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset DISTRIB
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @ifset PROOF
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
41 @end ifset
42
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, is a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
51
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
53
54 @macro UNREVISED
55 @ifclear PUBLISH
56 @quotation
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
58 @end quotation
59 @end ifclear
60 @end macro
61
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
63
64 @macro FIXME{string}
65 @allow-recursion
66 @quote-arg
67 @ifset PROOF
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
69 @end ifset
70
71 @end macro
72
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
74 @quote-arg
75 @ifset PROOF
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
77 @end ifset
78
79 @end macro
80
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
82 @quote-arg
83 @ifset PROOF
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
85 @end ifset
86
87 @end macro
88
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
90 @quote-arg
91 @ifset PROOF
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
93 @end ifset
94
95 @end macro
96
97 @c @macro option{entry}
98 @c @quote-arg
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
100 @c @value{\entry\}
101 @c @end macro
102
103 @macro GNUTAR
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
105 @end macro
106
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
111
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
116
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
121
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
126
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
131
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
136
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
141
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
146
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
151
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
156
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
158
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
163
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
168
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
173
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
178
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
183
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
188
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
193
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
198
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
203
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
208
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
213
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
218
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
223
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
228
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
233
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
238
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
243
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
248
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
253
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
258
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
263
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Keep Old Files}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Keep Old Files}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Keep Old Files}
268
269 @set op-keep-newer-files @kbd{--keep-old-files}
270 @set ref-keep-newer-files @ref{Keep Newer Files}
271 @set xref-keep-newer-files @xref{Keep Newer Files}
272 @set pxref-keep-newer-files @pxref{Keep Newer Files}
273
274 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
275 @set ref-label @ref{label}
276 @set xref-label @xref{label}
277 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
278
279 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
280 @set ref-list @ref{list}
281 @set xref-list @xref{list}
282 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
283
284 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
285 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
286 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
287 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
288
289 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
290 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
291 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
292 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
293
294 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
295 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
296 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
297 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
298
299 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
300 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
301 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
302 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
303
304 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
305 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
306 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
307 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
308
309 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
310 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
313
314 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
315 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
316 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
317 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
318
319 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
320 @set ref-null @ref{files}
321 @set xref-null @xref{files}
322 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
323
324 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
325 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
326 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
327 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
328
329 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
330 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
331 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
332 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
333
334 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
335 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
336 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
337 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
338
339 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
340 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
341 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
342 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
343
344 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
345 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
346 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
347 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
348
349 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
350 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
351 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
352 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
353
354 @set op-format @kbd{--format}
355 @set ref-format @ref{format}
356 @set xref-format @xref{format}
357 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
358
359 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
360 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
361 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
362 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
363 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
364
365 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
366 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
367 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
368 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
369
370 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
371 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
372 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
373 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
374
375 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
376 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
377 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
378 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
379
380 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
381 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
382 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
383 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
384
385 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
386 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
387 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
388 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
389 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
390
391 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
392 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
393 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
394 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
395
396 @set op-rmt-command @kbd{rmt-command=@var{command}}
397 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
398
399 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
400 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
401 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
402 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
403 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
404
405 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
406 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
407 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
408 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
409
410 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
411 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
412 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
413 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
414 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
415
416 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
417 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
418 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
419 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
420
421 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
422 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
423 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
424 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
425
426 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
427 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
428 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
429 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
430
431 @set op-strip-components @kbd{--strip-components}
432 @set ref-strip-components @ref{--strip-components}
433 @set xref-strip-components @xref{--strip-components}
434 @set pxref-strip-components @pxref{--strip-components}
435
436 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
437 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
438 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
439 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
440
441 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
442 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
443 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
444 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
445
446 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
447 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
448 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
449 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
450
451 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
452 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
453 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
454 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
455
456 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
457 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
458 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
459 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
460
461 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
462 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
463 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
464 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
465
466 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
467 @set ref-update @ref{update}
468 @set xref-update @xref{update}
469 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
470
471 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
472 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
473 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
474 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
475
476 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
477 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
478 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
479 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
480
481 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
482 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
483 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
484 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
485
486 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
487 @set ref-version @ref{help}
488 @set xref-version @xref{help}
489 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
490
491 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
492 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
493 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
494 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
495
496 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
497 @syncodeindex fn cp
498 @syncodeindex ky cp
499 @syncodeindex pg cp
500 @syncodeindex vr cp
501
502 @defindex op
503 @syncodeindex op cp
504
505 @copying
506
507 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
508 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
509 from archives.
510
511 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
512 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
513
514 @quotation
515 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
516 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
517 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
518 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
519 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
520 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
521 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
522
523 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
524 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
525 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
526 @end quotation
527 @end copying
528
529 @dircategory Archiving
530 @direntry
531 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
532 @end direntry
533
534 @dircategory Individual utilities
535 @direntry
536 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
537 @end direntry
538
539 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
540
541 @titlepage
542 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
543 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
544 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
545 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
546 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
547 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
548
549 @page
550 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
551 @insertcopying
552 @end titlepage
553
554 @ifnottex
555 @node Top
556 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
557
558 @insertcopying
559
560 @cindex file archival
561 @cindex archiving files
562
563 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
564 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
565 @end ifnottex
566
567 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
568 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
569
570 @menu
571 * Introduction::
572 * Tutorial::
573 * tar invocation::
574 * operations::
575 * Backups::
576 * Choosing::
577 * Date input formats::
578 * Formats::
579 * Media::
580 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
581 * Copying This Manual::
582 * Index::
583
584 @detailmenu
585 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
586
587 Introduction
588
589 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
590 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
591 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
592 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
593 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
594 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
595 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
596
597 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
598
599 * assumptions::
600 * stylistic conventions::
601 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
602 * frequent operations::
603 * Two Frequent Options::
604 * create:: How to Create Archives
605 * list:: How to List Archives
606 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
607 * going further::
608
609 Two Frequently Used Options
610
611 * file tutorial::
612 * verbose tutorial::
613 * help tutorial::
614
615 How to Create Archives
616
617 * prepare for examples::
618 * Creating the archive::
619 * create verbose::
620 * short create::
621 * create dir::
622
623 How to List Archives
624
625 * list dir::
626
627 How to Extract Members from an Archive
628
629 * extracting archives::
630 * extracting files::
631 * extract dir::
632 * failing commands::
633
634 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
635
636 * Synopsis::
637 * using tar options::
638 * Styles::
639 * All Options::
640 * help::
641 * verbose::
642 * interactive::
643
644 The Three Option Styles
645
646 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
647 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
648 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
649 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
650
651 All @command{tar} Options
652
653 * Operation Summary::
654 * Option Summary::
655 * Short Option Summary::
656
657 @GNUTAR{} Operations
658
659 * Basic tar::
660 * Advanced tar::
661 * create options::
662 * extract options::
663 * backup::
664 * Applications::
665 * looking ahead::
666
667 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
668
669 * Operations::
670 * append::
671 * update::
672 * concatenate::
673 * delete::
674 * compare::
675
676 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
677
678 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
679 * multiple::
680
681 Updating an Archive
682
683 * how to update::
684
685 Options Used by @code{--create}
686
687 * Ignore Failed Read::
688
689 Options Used by @code{--extract}
690
691 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
692 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
693 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
694
695 Options to Help Read Archives
696
697 * read full records::
698 * Ignore Zeros::
699
700 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
701
702 * Dealing with Old Files::
703 * Overwrite Old Files::
704 * Keep Old Files::
705 * Keep Newer Files::
706 * Unlink First::
707 * Recursive Unlink::
708 * Modification Times::
709 * Setting Access Permissions::
710 * Writing to Standard Output::
711 * remove files::
712
713 Coping with Scarce Resources
714
715 * Starting File::
716 * Same Order::
717
718 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
719
720 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
721 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
722 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
723 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
724 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
725 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
726 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
727
728 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
729
730 * General-Purpose Variables::
731 * Magnetic Tape Control::
732 * User Hooks::
733 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
734
735 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
736
737 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
738 * Selecting Archive Members::
739 * files:: Reading Names from a File
740 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
741 * Wildcards::
742 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
743 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
744 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
745
746 Reading Names from a File
747
748 * nul::
749
750 Excluding Some Files
751
752 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
753 * problems with exclude::
754
755 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
756
757 * directory:: Changing Directory
758 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
759
760 Date input formats
761
762 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
763 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
764 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
765 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
766 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
767 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
768 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
769 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
770 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
771
772 Controlling the Archive Format
773
774 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
775 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
776 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
777 * Standard:: The Standard Format
778 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
779 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
780
781 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
782
783 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
784 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
785 * old:: Old V7 Archives
786 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
787 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
788 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
789
790 Using Less Space through Compression
791
792 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
793 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
794
795 Tapes and Other Archive Media
796
797 * Device:: Device selection and switching
798 * Remote Tape Server::
799 * Common Problems and Solutions::
800 * Blocking:: Blocking
801 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
802 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
803 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
804 * verify::
805 * Write Protection::
806
807 Blocking
808
809 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
810 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
811
812 Many Archives on One Tape
813
814 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
815 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
816
817 Using Multiple Tapes
818
819 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
820 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
821
822 Copying This Manual
823
824 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
825
826 @end detailmenu
827 @end menu
828
829 @node Introduction
830 @chapter Introduction
831
832 @GNUTAR{} creates
833 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
834 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
835 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
836 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
837 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
838
839 @menu
840 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
841 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
842 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
843 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
844 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
845 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
846 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
847 @end menu
848
849 @node Book Contents
850 @section What this Book Contains
851
852 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
853 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
854 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
855 or comments.
856
857 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
858 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
859 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
860 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
861 progressive order, building on information already explained.
862
863 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
864 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
865 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
866 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
867 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
868 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
869 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
870 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
871 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
872 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
873
874 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
875 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
876
877 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
878 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
879 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
880 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
881 about a specific topic.
882
883 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
884 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
885 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
886 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
887
888 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
889 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
890 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
891 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
892 indicate this.)
893
894 @node Definitions
895 @section Some Definitions
896
897 @cindex archive
898 @cindex tar archive
899 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
900 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
901 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
902 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
903 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
904 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
905 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
906 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
907
908 @cindex member
909 @cindex archive member
910 @cindex file name
911 @cindex member name
912 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
913 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
914 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
915 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
916 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
917 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
918 archive.
919
920 @cindex extraction
921 @cindex unpacking
922 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
923 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
924 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
925 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
926 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
927 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
928 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
929 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
930 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
931 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
932 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
933
934 @node What tar Does
935 @section What @command{tar} Does
936
937 @cindex tar
938 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
939 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
940 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
941 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
942 stored.
943
944 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
945 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
946 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
947 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
948 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
949
950 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
951
952 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
953 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
954
955 @table @asis
956 @item Storage
957 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
958 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
959 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
960 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
961 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
962 unit.
963
964 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
965 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
966 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
967 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
968 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
969 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
970 archives useful.
971
972 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
973 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
974 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
975 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
976 all dimensions, even time!)
977
978 @item Backup
979 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
980 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
981 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
982 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
983 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
984 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
985 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
986 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
987 filesystem.
988
989 @item Transportation
990 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
991 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
992 files from one system to another.
993 @end table
994
995 @node Naming tar Archives
996 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
997
998 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
999 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
1000 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
1001 it and to make examples more clear.
1002
1003 @cindex tar file
1004 @cindex entry
1005 @cindex tar entry
1006 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
1007 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
1008 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
1009 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1010 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1011
1012 @node Current status
1013 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1014
1015 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1016 primary aims are:
1017
1018 @itemize @bullet
1019 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1020 implementations.
1021 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1022 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
1023 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
1024 @end itemize
1025
1026 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
1027 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
1028 following issues need special mentioning:
1029
1030 @table @asis
1031 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1032
1033 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1034 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1035
1036 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1037 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1038 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1039
1040 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1041 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1042 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1043
1044 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
1045 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
1046 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
1047 of this issue and its implications.
1048
1049 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1050 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1051
1052 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1053
1054 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1055 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1056 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1057 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1058 @option{--check-links}.
1059
1060 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1061
1062 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1063
1064 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1065
1066 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1067 @end table
1068
1069 @node Authors
1070 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1071
1072 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1073 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1074 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1075 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
1076 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
1077 numerous and kind users.
1078
1079 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1080 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1081 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1082 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1083 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1084
1085 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1086 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1087 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1088 i'll think about it.}
1089
1090 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1091 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1092
1093 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1094 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1095 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1096 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1097 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1098 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1099 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1100 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1101 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1102 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1103 thing.}
1104
1105 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1106 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1107
1108 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1109 an active development and maintenance work has started
1110 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1111 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1112
1113 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1114
1115 @node Reports
1116 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1117
1118 @cindex bug reports
1119 @cindex reporting bugs
1120 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1121 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1122
1123 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
1124 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
1125 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
1126 manual}.
1127
1128 @node Tutorial
1129 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1130
1131 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1132 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1133 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1134 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1135 details about how @command{tar} works.
1136
1137 @menu
1138 * assumptions::
1139 * stylistic conventions::
1140 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1141 * frequent operations::
1142 * Two Frequent Options::
1143 * create:: How to Create Archives
1144 * list:: How to List Archives
1145 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1146 * going further::
1147 @end menu
1148
1149 @node assumptions
1150 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1151
1152 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1153 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1154 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1155 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1156 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1157
1158 @itemize @bullet
1159 @item
1160 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1161 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1162 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1163 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1164 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1165 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1166 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1167 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1168 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1169 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1170 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1171 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1172 else?}
1173
1174 @item
1175 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1176 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1177 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1178 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1179 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1180 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1181 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1182
1183 @item
1184 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1185 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1186 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1187 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1188 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1189 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1190 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1191 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1192 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1193
1194 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1195 @end itemize
1196
1197 @node stylistic conventions
1198 @section Stylistic Conventions
1199
1200 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1201 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1202 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1203 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1204 sometimes @samp{like this}.
1205
1206 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
1207 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1208
1209 @node basic tar options
1210 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1211
1212 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1213 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1214 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1215 operations, and options.
1216
1217 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1218 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1219 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1220 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1221 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1222 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1223
1224 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1225 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1226 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1227 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1228 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1229 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1230
1231 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1232 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1233 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1234 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1235 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1236 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1237 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1238 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1239 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1240 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1241 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
1242 @ref{Short Options}.)
1243
1244 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1245 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1246 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1247 For example, instead of typing
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 you can type
1255 @smallexample
1256 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1257 @end smallexample
1258
1259 @noindent
1260 or even
1261 @smallexample
1262 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1263 @end smallexample
1264
1265 @noindent
1266 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1267 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1268 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1269
1270 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1271 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1272 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1273 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1274 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1275 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1276 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1277
1278 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1279 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1280 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1281 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1282 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1283 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1284 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1285 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1286 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1287 intends.
1288
1289 @node frequent operations
1290 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1291
1292 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1293 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1294 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1295 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1296
1297 @table @kbd
1298 @item --create
1299 @itemx -c
1300 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1301 @item --list
1302 @itemx -t
1303 List the contents of an archive.
1304 @item --extract
1305 @itemx -x
1306 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1307 @end table
1308
1309 @node Two Frequent Options
1310 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1311
1312 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1313 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1314 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1315 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1316 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1317 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1318
1319 @menu
1320 * file tutorial::
1321 * verbose tutorial::
1322 * help tutorial::
1323 @end menu
1324
1325 @node file tutorial
1326 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1327
1328 @table @kbd
1329 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1330 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1331 Specify the name of an archive file.
1332 @end table
1333
1334 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1335 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1336 that @command{tar} will work on.
1337
1338 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1339 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1340 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1341 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1342 look roughly like one of the following:
1343
1344 @smallexample
1345 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1346 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @noindent
1350 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1351 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1352 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1353 @ref{file}.
1354
1355 @node verbose tutorial
1356 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1357
1358 @table @kbd
1359 @item --verbose
1360 @itemx -v
1361 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1362 @end table
1363
1364 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1365 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1366 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1367 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1368 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1369 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1370 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1371 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1372 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1373 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1374
1375 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1376 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1377 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1378 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1379 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1380 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1381 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1382 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1383
1384 @smallexample
1385 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1386 @end smallexample
1387
1388 @noindent
1389 above, you might say
1390
1391 @smallexample
1392 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1393 @end smallexample
1394
1395 @noindent
1396 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1397 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1398 twice, like this:
1399
1400 @smallexample
1401 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1402 @end smallexample
1403
1404 @noindent
1405 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1406
1407 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1408 --verbose}}.
1409
1410 @node help tutorial
1411 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1412
1413 @table @kbd
1414 @item --help
1415
1416 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1417 all operations and option available for the current version of
1418 @command{tar} available on your system.
1419 @end table
1420
1421 @node create
1422 @section How to Create Archives
1423 @UNREVISED
1424
1425 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1426 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1427 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1428 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1429 practice on.
1430
1431 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1432 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1433 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1434 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1435 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1436 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1437 other directories and other archives.
1438
1439 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1440 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1441 @file{collection.tar}.
1442
1443 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1444 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1445 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1446 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1447 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1448 @command{tar} works.
1449
1450 @menu
1451 * prepare for examples::
1452 * Creating the archive::
1453 * create verbose::
1454 * short create::
1455 * create dir::
1456 @end menu
1457
1458 @node prepare for examples
1459 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1460
1461 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1462 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1463 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1464 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1465 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1466 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1467
1468 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1469 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1470 the full path name of this directory is
1471 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1472 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1473
1474 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1475 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1476 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1477 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1478
1479 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1480 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1481 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1482 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1483 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1484 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1485 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1486 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1487 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1488 information on how to do this.
1489
1490 @node Creating the archive
1491 @subsection Creating the Archive
1492
1493 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1494 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1495
1496 @smallexample
1497 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1498 @end smallexample
1499
1500 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1501 option forms}. You could also say:
1502
1503 @smallexample
1504 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1505 @end smallexample
1506
1507 @noindent
1508 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1509 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1510 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1511 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1512
1513 Note that the part of the command which says,
1514 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1515 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1516 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1517 archive file you create.
1518
1519 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1520 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1521 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1522 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1523 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1524 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1525
1526 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1527 is the operation which creates the new archive
1528 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1529 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1530 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1531 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1532 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1533 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1534 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1535
1536 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1537 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1538 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1539
1540 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1541 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1542
1543 @smallexample
1544 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1545 @end smallexample
1546
1547 @noindent
1548 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1549 the files in the directory.
1550
1551 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1552 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1553 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1554 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1555
1556 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1557 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1558 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1559
1560 @node create verbose
1561 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1562
1563 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1564 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1565 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1569 blues
1570 folk
1571 jazz
1572 @end smallexample
1573
1574 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1575 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1576 @iftex
1577 (note the different font styles).
1578 @end iftex
1579 @ifinfo
1580 .
1581 @end ifinfo
1582
1583 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1584 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1585 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1586 understand.
1587
1588 @node short create
1589 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1590
1591 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1592 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1593 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1594 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1595 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1596 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1597 using short option forms:
1598
1599 @smallexample
1600 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1601 blues
1602 folk
1603 jazz
1604 @end smallexample
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1608 long or short option forms.
1609
1610 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1611 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1612 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1613 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1614 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1615 following way:
1616
1617 @smallexample
1618 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1619 @end smallexample
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1623 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1624 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1625 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1626 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1627 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1628 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1629 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1630 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1631 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1632 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1633
1634 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1635 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1636 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1637
1638 This example,
1639
1640 @smallexample
1641 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1642 @end smallexample
1643
1644 @noindent
1645 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1646 becomes much more so:
1647
1648 @smallexample
1649 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1650 @end smallexample
1651
1652 @noindent
1653 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1654 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1655 valuable data.
1656
1657 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1658 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1659 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1660 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1661 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1662 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1663 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1664 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1665
1666 @node create dir
1667 @subsection Archiving Directories
1668
1669 @cindex Archiving Directories
1670 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1671 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1672 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1673 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1674 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1675
1676 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1677 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1678 type:
1679
1680 @smallexample
1681 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1682 $
1683 @end smallexample
1684
1685 @noindent
1686 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1687 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1688 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1689 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1690
1691 @smallexample
1692 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1693 @end smallexample
1694
1695 @noindent
1696 @command{tar} should output:
1697
1698 @smallexample
1699 practice/
1700 practice/blues
1701 practice/folk
1702 practice/jazz
1703 practice/collection.tar
1704 @end smallexample
1705
1706 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1707 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1708 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1709 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1710 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1711 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1712 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1713 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1714 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1715 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1716 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1717 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1718 into the file system).
1719
1720 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1721
1722 @smallexample
1723 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1724 @end smallexample
1725
1726 @noindent
1727 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1728 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1729 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1730 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1731 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1732 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1733 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1734 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1735 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1736 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1737 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1738 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1739 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1740 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1741 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1742 directory being dumped.}
1743
1744 @node list
1745 @section How to List Archives
1746
1747 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1748 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1749 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1750 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1751 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1752 created in the last section with the command,
1753
1754 @smallexample
1755 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1756 @end smallexample
1757
1758 @noindent
1759 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1760
1761 @smallexample
1762 blues
1763 folk
1764 jazz
1765 @end smallexample
1766
1767 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1768 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1769
1770 @noindent
1771 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1772
1773 @smallexample
1774 ./birds
1775 baboon
1776 ./box
1777 @end smallexample
1778
1779 @noindent
1780 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1781 to specify the name of the archive.
1782
1783 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1784 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1785 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1786
1787 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1788 like:
1789
1790 @smallexample
1791 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1792 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1793 @end smallexample
1794
1795 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1796 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1797 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1798 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1799 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1800 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1801
1802 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1803 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1804 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1805 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1806 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1807 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1808 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1809 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1810 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1811 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1812 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1813
1814 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1815 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1816 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1817 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1818 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1819 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1820 stored in the specified archive.
1821
1822 @menu
1823 * list dir::
1824 @end menu
1825
1826 @node list dir
1827 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1828
1829 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1830 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1831 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1832 @value{op-verbose} option.
1833
1834 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1835 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1836
1837 @smallexample
1838 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1839 @end smallexample
1840
1841 @command{tar} responds:
1842
1843 @smallexample
1844 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1845 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1846 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1847 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1848 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1849 @end smallexample
1850
1851 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1852 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1853
1854 @node extract
1855 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1856 @UNREVISED
1857 @cindex Extraction
1858 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1859 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1860
1861 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1862 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1863 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1864 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1865 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1866 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1867 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1868 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1869
1870 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1871 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1872 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1873 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1874
1875 @menu
1876 * extracting archives::
1877 * extracting files::
1878 * extract dir::
1879 * extracting untrusted archives::
1880 * failing commands::
1881 @end menu
1882
1883 @node extracting archives
1884 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1885
1886 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1887 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1888
1889 @smallexample
1890 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1891 @end smallexample
1892
1893 @noindent
1894 produces this:
1895
1896 @smallexample
1897 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1898 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1899 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1900 @end smallexample
1901
1902 @node extracting files
1903 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1904
1905 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1906 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1907 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1908 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1909 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1910 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1911 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1912 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1913 a footnote? --gray}.
1914
1915 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1916 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1917 the files in the directory again.
1918
1919 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1920 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1921
1922 @smallexample
1923 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1924 @end smallexample
1925
1926 @noindent
1927 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1928 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1929 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1930 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1931 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1932 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1933 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1934 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1935 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1936 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1937 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1938 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1939 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1940 @value{op-list}.
1941
1942 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1943 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1944 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1945 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1946 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1947 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1948 (@pxref{list}).
1949
1950 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1951 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1952 Output}).
1953
1954 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1955 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1956
1957 @node extract dir
1958 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1959
1960 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1961 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1962 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1963 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1964 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1965 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1966 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1967 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1968 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1969 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1970 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1971 @pxref{Writing}).
1972
1973 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1974 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1975 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1976
1977 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1978 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1979 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1980 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1981 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1982 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1983 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1984 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1985 following command:
1986
1987 @smallexample
1988 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1989 practice/folk
1990 practice/jazz
1991 @end smallexample
1992
1993 @noindent
1994 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1995 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1996 in the example below:
1997
1998 @smallexample
1999 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
2000 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
2001 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
2002 @end smallexample
2003
2004 @noindent
2005 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
2006 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
2007 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
2008 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
2009
2010 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
2011 will be.}
2012
2013 @node extracting untrusted archives
2014 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
2015
2016 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
2017 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
2018 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
2019 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
2020 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
2021 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
2022 extract it as follows:
2023
2024 @smallexample
2025 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
2026 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
2027 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
2028 @end smallexample
2029
2030 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
2031 before extracting it, using @option{op-list} option, possibly combined
2032 with @option{op-verbose}.
2033
2034 @node failing commands
2035 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2036
2037 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2038 they won't work.
2039
2040 If you try to use this command,
2041
2042 @smallexample
2043 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2044 @end smallexample
2045
2046 @noindent
2047 you will get the following response:
2048
2049 @smallexample
2050 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2051 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2052 $
2053 @end smallexample
2054
2055 @noindent
2056 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2057 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2058 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2059
2060 @smallexample
2061 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2062 practice/folk
2063 practice/jazz
2064 practice/rock
2065 @end smallexample
2066
2067 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2068 order...}
2069
2070 @noindent
2071 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2072
2073 @smallexample
2074 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2075 @end smallexample
2076
2077 @noindent
2078 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2079 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2080 files from the archive.
2081
2082 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2083 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2084
2085 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2086
2087 @node going further
2088 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2089
2090 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2091 be in the rest of the manual.}
2092
2093 @node tar invocation
2094 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2095 @UNREVISED
2096
2097 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2098 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2099 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2100 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2101 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2102 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2103 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2104 depending on what the operation is.
2105
2106 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2107 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2108 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2109 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2110 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2111
2112 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2113 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2114 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2115 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2116 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2117 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2118
2119 @menu
2120 * Synopsis::
2121 * using tar options::
2122 * Styles::
2123 * All Options::
2124 * help::
2125 * verbose::
2126 * interactive::
2127 @end menu
2128
2129 @node Synopsis
2130 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2131
2132 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2133
2134 @smallexample
2135 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2136 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2137 @end smallexample
2138
2139 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2140
2141 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2142 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2143 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2144 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2145 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2146 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2147 @command{tar} is to act on.
2148
2149 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2150 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2151 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2152 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2153
2154 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2155 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2156 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2157 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2158 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2159 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2160 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2161 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2162 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2163
2164 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2165 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2166 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2167 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2168 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2169 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2170
2171 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2172 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2173 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2174 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2175
2176 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2177 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2178 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2179 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2180 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2181 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2182 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2183 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2184 sufficient for this.
2185
2186 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2187 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2188 @value{op-files-from} option.
2189
2190 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2191 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2192 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2193 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2194 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2195 on the entire contents of the archive.
2196
2197 @cindex exit status
2198 @cindex return status
2199 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2200 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2201 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2202 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2203 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2204 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2205 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2206 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2207 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2208 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2209 the error.
2210
2211 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2212 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2213 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2214 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2215 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2216 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2217
2218 @node using tar options
2219 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2220
2221 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2222 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2223 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2224 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2225 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2226 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2227 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2228 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2229 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2230 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2231
2232 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2233 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2234 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2235 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2236 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2237 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2238 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2239 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2240 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2241 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2242 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2243 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2244
2245 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2246 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2247 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2248 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2249 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2250 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2251 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2252
2253 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2254 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2255 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2256 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2257 write @value{op-list}.
2258
2259 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2260 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2261 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2262 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2263 styles.
2264
2265 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2266 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2267 incorporated.}
2268
2269 @node Styles
2270 @section The Three Option Styles
2271
2272 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2273 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2274 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2275 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2276
2277 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2278 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2279 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2280 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2281 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2282 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2283 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2284 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2285 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2286 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2287 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2288 feel comfortable with the others.
2289
2290 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
2291 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
2292 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
2293 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
2294 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
2295 pay special attention to them.
2296
2297 @menu
2298 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2299 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2300 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2301 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2302 @end menu
2303
2304 @node Mnemonic Options
2305 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2306
2307 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2308 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2309
2310 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2311 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2312 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2313 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2314 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2315 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2316 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2317 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2318 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2319 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2320 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2321 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2322 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2323 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2324 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2325
2326 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2327 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2328 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2329
2330 @smallexample
2331 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2332 @end smallexample
2333
2334 @noindent
2335 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2336 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2337
2338 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2339 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2340 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2341 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2342 white space characters. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which
2343 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2344 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2345 @samp{--file=archive.tar} or @samp{--file archive.tar}.
2346
2347 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2348 an equal sign. For example, the @samp{--backup} option takes
2349 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2350 as @samp{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2351
2352 @node Short Options
2353 @subsection Short Option Style
2354
2355 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2356 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2357 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2358 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2359
2360 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2361
2362 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2363 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2364 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2365 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2366 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2367 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2368 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2369 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2370
2371 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2372 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2373 white space characters}.
2374
2375 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2376 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2377 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2378 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2379 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2380 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2381 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2382 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2383
2384 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2385 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2386 For example:
2387
2388 @smallexample
2389 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2390 @end smallexample
2391
2392 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2393 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2394 end up overwriting files.
2395
2396 @node Old Options
2397 @subsection Old Option Style
2398 @UNREVISED
2399
2400 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2401 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2402 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2403 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2404 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2405 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2406 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2407 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2408 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2409 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2410 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2411 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2412
2413 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2414
2415 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2416 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2417 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2418 style as follows:
2419
2420 @smallexample
2421 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2422 @end smallexample
2423
2424 @noindent
2425 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2426 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2427
2428 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2429 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2430 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2431 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2432 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2433 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2434 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2435 pertain to.
2436
2437 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2438 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2439
2440 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2441 users. For example, the two commands:
2442
2443 @smallexample
2444 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2445 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2446 @end smallexample
2447
2448 @noindent
2449 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2450 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2451 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2452 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2453
2454 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2455
2456 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2457 following are equivalent:
2458
2459 @smallexample
2460 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2461 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2462 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2463 @end smallexample
2464
2465 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2466
2467 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2468 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2469 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2470 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2471 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2472 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2473 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2474 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2475 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2476
2477 @node Mixing
2478 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2479
2480 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2481 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2482 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2483 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2484 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2485 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2486 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2487 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2488 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2489 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2490 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2491 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2492 style options.
2493
2494 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2495 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2496
2497 @smallexample
2498 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2499 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2500 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2501 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2502 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2503 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2504 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2505 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2506 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2507 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2508 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2509 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2510 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2511 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2512 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2513 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2514 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2515 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2516 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2517 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2518 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2519 @end smallexample
2520
2521 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2522 the previous set:
2523
2524 @smallexample
2525 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2526 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2527 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2528 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2529 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2530 @end smallexample
2531
2532 @noindent
2533 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2534 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2535 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2536 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2537 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2538 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2539 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2540 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2541 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2542 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2543 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2544
2545 @node All Options
2546 @section All @command{tar} Options
2547
2548 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2549 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2550 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2551 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2552 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2553 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2554
2555 @menu
2556 * Operation Summary::
2557 * Option Summary::
2558 * Short Option Summary::
2559 @end menu
2560
2561 @node Operation Summary
2562 @subsection Operations
2563
2564 @table @kbd
2565
2566 @item --append
2567 @itemx -r
2568
2569 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2570
2571 @item --catenate
2572 @itemx -A
2573
2574 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2575
2576 @item --compare
2577 @itemx -d
2578
2579 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2580 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2581 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2582
2583 @item --concatenate
2584 @itemx -A
2585
2586 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2587 @xref{concatenate}.
2588
2589 @item --create
2590 @itemx -c
2591
2592 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2593
2594 @item --delete
2595
2596 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2597 tape! @xref{delete}.
2598
2599 @item --diff
2600 @itemx -d
2601
2602 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2603
2604 @item --extract
2605 @itemx -x
2606
2607 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2608
2609 @item --get
2610 @itemx -x
2611
2612 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2613
2614 @item --list
2615 @itemx -t
2616
2617 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2618
2619 @item --update
2620 @itemx -u
2621
2622 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2623 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2624 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2625 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2626 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2627 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2628 @xref{update}.
2629
2630 @end table
2631
2632 @node Option Summary
2633 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2634
2635 @table @kbd
2636
2637 @item --absolute-names
2638 @itemx -P
2639
2640 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2641 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2642 @FIXME-xref{}
2643
2644 @item --after-date
2645
2646 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2647
2648 @item --anchored
2649 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2650 @FIXME-xref{}
2651
2652 @item --atime-preserve
2653
2654 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2655 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2656 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2657 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2658 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2659 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2660 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2661 unless you're root.
2662 @FIXME-xref{}
2663
2664 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2665
2666 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2667 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2668 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2669
2670 @item --block-number
2671 @itemx -R
2672
2673 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2674 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2675
2676 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2677 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2678
2679 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2680 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2681
2682 @item --bzip2
2683 @itemx -j
2684
2685 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2686 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2687
2688 @item --checkpoint
2689
2690 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2691 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2692 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2693 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2694
2695 @item --check-links
2696 @itemx -l
2697 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2698 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2699 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2700 output.
2701
2702 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2703 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2704 semantics for @option{-l}.
2705
2706 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2707
2708 @item --compress
2709 @itemx --uncompress
2710 @itemx -Z
2711
2712 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2713 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2714 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2715
2716 @item --confirmation
2717
2718 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2719
2720 @item --dereference
2721 @itemx -h
2722
2723 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2724 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2725 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2726
2727 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2728 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2729
2730 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2731 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2732 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2733
2734 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2735
2736 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2737 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2738
2739 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2740 @itemx -X @var{file}
2741
2742 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2743 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2744
2745 @item --file=@var{archive}
2746 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2747
2748 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2749 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2750 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2751
2752 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2753 @itemx -T @var{file}
2754
2755 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2756 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2757 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2758
2759 @item --force-local
2760
2761 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2762 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2763 @FIXME-xref{}
2764
2765 @item --format=@var{format}
2766
2767 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2768 following:
2769
2770 @table @samp
2771 @item v7
2772 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2773
2774 @item oldgnu
2775 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2776 1.12 or earlier.
2777
2778 @item gnu
2779 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2780 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2781 numeric fields.
2782
2783 @item ustar
2784 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2785
2786 @item posix
2787 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2788
2789 @end table
2790
2791 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2792
2793 @item --group=@var{group}
2794
2795 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2796 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2797 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2798 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2799
2800 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2801
2802 @item --gzip
2803 @itemx --gunzip
2804 @itemx --ungzip
2805 @itemx -z
2806
2807 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2808 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2809 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2810
2811 @item --help
2812
2813 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2814 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2815
2816 @item --ignore-case
2817 Ignore case when excluding files.
2818 @FIXME-xref{}
2819
2820 @item --ignore-failed-read
2821
2822 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2823 @xref{Reading}.
2824
2825 @item --ignore-zeros
2826 @itemx -i
2827
2828 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2829 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2830
2831 @item --incremental
2832 @itemx -G
2833
2834 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2835 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2836 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2837
2838 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2839
2840 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2841
2842 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2843 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2844 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2845
2846 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2847 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2848 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2849
2850 @item --interactive
2851 @itemx --confirmation
2852 @itemx -w
2853
2854 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2855 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2856 @FIXME-xref{}
2857
2858 @item --keep-newer-files
2859
2860 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2861 when extracting files from an archive.
2862
2863 @item --keep-old-files
2864 @itemx -k
2865
2866 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2867 @xref{Writing}.
2868
2869 @item --label=@var{name}
2870 @itemx -V @var{name}
2871
2872 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2873 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2874 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2875 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2876
2877 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2878 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2879
2880 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2881 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2882 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2883 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2884 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2885
2886 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2887
2888 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2889 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2890 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2891 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2892 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2893 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2894 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2895 permission system.
2896
2897 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2898 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2899 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2900 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2901 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2902
2903 @item --multi-volume
2904 @itemx -M
2905
2906 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2907 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2908
2909 @item --new-volume-script
2910
2911 (see --info-script)
2912
2913 @item --newer=@var{date}
2914 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2915 @itemx -N
2916
2917 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2918 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2919 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2920 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2921
2922 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2923
2924 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2925 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2926 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2927
2928 @item --no-anchored
2929 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2930 @FIXME-xref{}
2931
2932 @item --no-ignore-case
2933 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2934 @FIXME-xref{}
2935
2936 @item --no-recursion
2937
2938 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2939 @FIXME-xref{}
2940
2941 @item --no-same-owner
2942 @itemx -o
2943
2944 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2945 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2946 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2947
2948 @item --no-same-permissions
2949
2950 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2951 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2952 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2953
2954 @item --no-wildcards
2955 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2956 @FIXME-xref{}
2957
2958 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2959 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2960 @FIXME-xref{}
2961
2962 @item --null
2963
2964 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2965 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2966 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2967 @FIXME-xref{}
2968
2969 @item --numeric-owner
2970
2971 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2972 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2973 @FIXME-xref{}
2974
2975 @item -o
2976 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2977 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2978 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2979
2980 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2981 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2982 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2983 removed in the future releases.
2984
2985 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2986
2987 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2988
2989 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2990 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2991 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2992 line or via @option{-T} option.
2993
2994 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2995 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2996
2997 @smallexample
2998 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2999 @end smallexample
3000
3001 @noindent
3002 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3003 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3004
3005 @item --old-archive
3006 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3007
3008 @item --one-file-system
3009 @itemx -l
3010 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3011 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3012 directory.
3013
3014 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
3015 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
3016 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
3017 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
3018 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
3019
3020 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3021
3022 @item --overwrite
3023
3024 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3025 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3026
3027 @item --overwrite-dir
3028
3029 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3030 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3031
3032 @item --owner=@var{user}
3033
3034 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3035 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3036 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
3037 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
3038 @FIXME-xref{}
3039
3040 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
3041 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
3042 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
3043 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
3044
3045 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3046
3047 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3048
3049 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
3050 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3051 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3052 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
3053 the following forms:
3054
3055 @table @asis
3056 @item delete=@var{pattern}
3057 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
3058 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
3059 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
3060
3061 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
3062 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
3063 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
3064 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
3065 man 7 glob}. For example:
3066
3067 @smallexample
3068 --pax-option delete=security.*
3069 @end smallexample
3070
3071 would suppress security-related information.
3072
3073 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
3074
3075 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
3076 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
3077 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
3078
3079 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3080 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3081 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
3082 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
3083 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
3084 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
3085 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3086 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3087 @end multitable
3088
3089 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
3090 results.
3091
3092 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3093 will use the following default value:
3094
3095 @smallexample
3096 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
3097 @end smallexample
3098
3099 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
3100 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
3101 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
3102 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
3103 following character substitutions have been made:
3104
3105 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3106 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3107 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
3108 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
3109 starting at 1.
3110 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3111 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3112 @end multitable
3113
3114 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
3115
3116 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3117 will use the following default value:
3118
3119 @smallexample
3120 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
3121 @end smallexample
3122
3123 @noindent
3124 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
3125 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
3126 uses @samp{/tmp}.
3127
3128 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3129 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3130 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
3131 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
3132 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
3133 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
3134 record.
3135
3136 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
3137 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3138 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
3139 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3140 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
3141
3142 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
3143 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
3144 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
3145 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
3146 For example, in the command:
3147
3148 @smallexample
3149 tar --format=posix --create \
3150 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
3151 @end smallexample
3152
3153 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
3154 stored in the archive.
3155 @end table
3156
3157 @item --portability
3158 @itemx --old-archive
3159 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3160
3161 @item --posix
3162 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3163
3164 @item --preserve
3165
3166 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
3167 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3168
3169 @item --preserve-order
3170
3171 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3172
3173 @item --preserve-permissions
3174 @itemx --same-permissions
3175 @itemx -p
3176
3177 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3178 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3179 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3180 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3181 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3182
3183 @item --read-full-records
3184 @itemx -B
3185
3186 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3187 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3188
3189 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3190
3191 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3192 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3193
3194 @item --recursion
3195
3196 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3197 @FIXME-xref{}
3198
3199 @item --recursive-unlink
3200
3201 Remove existing
3202 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3203 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3204
3205 @item --remove-files
3206
3207 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3208 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3209
3210 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3211
3212 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3213 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3214
3215 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3216
3217 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3218 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3219
3220 @item --same-order
3221 @itemx --preserve-order
3222 @itemx -s
3223
3224 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3225 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3226 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3227 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3228
3229 @item --same-owner
3230
3231 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3232 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3233 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3234 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3235
3236 @item --same-permissions
3237
3238 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3239
3240 @item --show-defaults
3241
3242 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3243 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3244 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3245
3246 @smallexample
3247 $ tar --show-defaults
3248 --format=gnu -f- -b20
3249 @end smallexample
3250
3251 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3252
3253 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3254 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3255
3256 @item --sparse
3257 @itemx -S
3258
3259 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3260 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3261
3262 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3263 @itemx -K @var{name}
3264
3265 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3266 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3267 @xref{Scarce}.
3268
3269 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3270 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3271 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3272 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3273
3274 @smallexample
3275 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3276 @end smallexample
3277
3278 @noindent
3279 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3280
3281 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3282
3283 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3284 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3285
3286 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3287 @itemx -L @var{num}
3288
3289 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3290 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3291
3292 @item --to-stdout
3293 @itemx -O
3294
3295 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3296 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3297
3298 @item --totals
3299
3300 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3301 @FIXME-xref{}
3302
3303 @item --touch
3304 @itemx -m
3305
3306 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3307 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3308 @xref{Writing}.
3309
3310 @item --uncompress
3311
3312 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3313
3314 @item --ungzip
3315
3316 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3317
3318 @item --unlink-first
3319 @itemx -U
3320
3321 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3322 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3323
3324 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3325
3326 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3327 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3328
3329 @item --utc
3330
3331 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3332 @samp{--verbose}.
3333
3334 @item --verbose
3335 @itemx -v
3336
3337 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3338 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3339 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3340
3341 @item --verify
3342 @itemx -W
3343
3344 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3345 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3346
3347 @item --version
3348
3349 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3350 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3351 @FIXME-xref{}
3352
3353 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3354
3355 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3356 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3357 @FIXME-xref{}
3358
3359 @item --wildcards
3360 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3361 @FIXME-xref{}
3362
3363 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3364 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3365 @FIXME-xref{}
3366 @end table
3367
3368 @node Short Option Summary
3369 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3370
3371 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3372 them with the equivalent long option.
3373
3374 @table @kbd
3375
3376 @item -A
3377
3378 @samp{--concatenate}
3379
3380 @item -B
3381
3382 @samp{--read-full-records}
3383
3384 @item -C
3385
3386 @samp{--directory}
3387
3388 @item -F
3389
3390 @samp{--info-script}
3391
3392 @item -G
3393
3394 @samp{--incremental}
3395
3396 @item -K
3397
3398 @samp{--starting-file}
3399
3400 @item -L
3401
3402 @samp{--tape-length}
3403
3404 @item -M
3405
3406 @samp{--multi-volume}
3407
3408 @item -N
3409
3410 @samp{--newer}
3411
3412 @item -O
3413
3414 @samp{--to-stdout}
3415
3416 @item -P
3417
3418 @samp{--absolute-names}
3419
3420 @item -R
3421
3422 @samp{--block-number}
3423
3424 @item -S
3425
3426 @samp{--sparse}
3427
3428 @item -T
3429
3430 @samp{--files-from}
3431
3432 @item -U
3433
3434 @samp{--unlink-first}
3435
3436 @item -V
3437
3438 @samp{--label}
3439
3440 @item -W
3441
3442 @samp{--verify}
3443
3444 @item -X
3445
3446 @samp{--exclude-from}
3447
3448 @item -Z
3449
3450 @samp{--compress}
3451
3452 @item -b
3453
3454 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3455
3456 @item -c
3457
3458 @samp{--create}
3459
3460 @item -d
3461
3462 @samp{--compare}
3463
3464 @item -f
3465
3466 @samp{--file}
3467
3468 @item -g
3469
3470 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3471
3472 @item -h
3473
3474 @samp{--dereference}
3475
3476 @item -i
3477
3478 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3479
3480 @item -j
3481
3482 @samp{--bzip2}
3483
3484 @item -k
3485
3486 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3487
3488 @item -l
3489
3490 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3491 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3492 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3493
3494 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3495
3496 @item -m
3497
3498 @samp{--touch}
3499
3500 @item -o
3501
3502 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3503 @samp{--portability}.
3504
3505 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3506 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3507 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3508
3509 @item -p
3510
3511 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3512
3513 @item -r
3514
3515 @samp{--append}
3516
3517 @item -s
3518
3519 @samp{--same-order}
3520
3521 @item -t
3522
3523 @samp{--list}
3524
3525 @item -u
3526
3527 @samp{--update}
3528
3529 @item -v
3530
3531 @samp{--verbose}
3532
3533 @item -w
3534
3535 @samp{--interactive}
3536
3537 @item -x
3538
3539 @samp{--extract}
3540
3541 @item -z
3542
3543 @samp{--gzip}
3544
3545 @end table
3546
3547 @node help
3548 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3549
3550 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3551 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3552 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3553 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3554 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3555 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3556 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3557 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3558
3559 @smallexample
3560 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3561 @end smallexample
3562
3563 @noindent
3564 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3565 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3566 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3567 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3568 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3569 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3570 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3571 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3572 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3573 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3574
3575 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3576 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3577 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3578 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3579 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3580 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3581 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3582 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3583 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3584 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3585
3586 @smallexample
3587 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3588 @end smallexample
3589
3590 @noindent
3591 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3592 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3593 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3594 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3595
3596 @smallexample
3597 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3598 @end smallexample
3599
3600 @noindent
3601 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3602
3603 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3604 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3605 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3606 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3607 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3608
3609 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3610 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3611 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3612 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3613 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3614 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3615 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3616 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3617 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3618 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3619 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3620 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3621 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3622 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3623
3624 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3625 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3626 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3627 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3628 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3629 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3630
3631 @node verbose
3632 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3633
3634 @cindex Progress information
3635 @cindex Status information
3636 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3637 @cindex Verbose operation
3638 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3639 @cindex Error message, block number of
3640 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3641
3642 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3643 @cindex Information during operation
3644 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3645
3646 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3647 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3648 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3649 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3650 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3651 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3652 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3653 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3654 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3655 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3656 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3657 helpful diagnostic tools.
3658
3659 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3660 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3661 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3662 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3663 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3664 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3665
3666 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3667 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3668 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3669 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3670 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3671 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3672 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3673 long list output:
3674
3675 @smallexample
3676 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3677 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3678 @end smallexample
3679
3680 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3681 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3682 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3683 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3684 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3685
3686 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3687 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3688 error.
3689
3690 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3691 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3692 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3693
3694 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3695 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3696 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3697 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3698 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3699 is actually making forward progress.
3700
3701 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3702 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3703
3704 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3705 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3706 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3707 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3708 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3709 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3710 some other reason.
3711
3712 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3713 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3714 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3715 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3716 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3717 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3718 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3719 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3720 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3721 archive from a pipe.
3722
3723 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3724 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3725 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3726 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3727 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3728 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3729 backup section written.}
3730
3731 @node interactive
3732 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3733 @cindex Interactive operation
3734
3735 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3736 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3737 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3738 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3739 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3740 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3741 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3742
3743 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3744 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3745 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3746 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3747 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3748 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3749 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3750 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3751 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3752
3753 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3754 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3755 communications.
3756
3757 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3758 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3759 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3760 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3761 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3762 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3763 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3764 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3765 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3766 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3767 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3768
3769 @node operations
3770 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3771
3772 @menu
3773 * Basic tar::
3774 * Advanced tar::
3775 * create options::
3776 * extract options::
3777 * backup::
3778 * Applications::
3779 * looking ahead::
3780 @end menu
3781
3782 @node Basic tar
3783 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3784
3785 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3786 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3787 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3788 for these operations.
3789
3790 @table @asis
3791 @item @value{op-create}
3792
3793 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3794 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3795 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3796 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3797 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3798 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3799 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3800 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3801 common errors are:
3802
3803 @enumerate
3804 @item
3805 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3806 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3807 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3808 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3809 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3810 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3811
3812 @item
3813 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3814 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3815 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3816 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3817 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3818 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3819 @end enumerate
3820
3821 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3822 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3823 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3824 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3825 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3826 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3827 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3828 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3829
3830 @smallexample
3831 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3832 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3833 @end smallexample
3834
3835 @item @value{op-extract}
3836
3837 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3838
3839 @item @value{op-list}
3840
3841 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3842 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3843 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3844 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3845 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3846 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3847 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3848 that's really the way to go.
3849
3850 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3851 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3852
3853 @end table
3854
3855 @node Advanced tar
3856 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3857
3858 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3859 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3860
3861 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3862 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3863 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3864 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3865 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3866 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3867 error correction in special circumstances.
3868
3869 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3870 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3871
3872 @menu
3873 * Operations::
3874 * append::
3875 * update::
3876 * concatenate::
3877 * delete::
3878 * compare::
3879 @end menu
3880
3881 @node Operations
3882 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3883 @UNREVISED
3884
3885 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3886 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3887 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3888 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3889
3890 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3891 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3892 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3893 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3894 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3895 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3896 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3897 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3898
3899 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3900 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3901 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3902 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3903
3904 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3905 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3906 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3907 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3908 where the last chapter left them.)
3909
3910 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3911
3912 @table @kbd
3913 @item --append
3914 @itemx -r
3915 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3916 @item --update
3917 @itemx -r
3918 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3919 they exist.
3920 @item --concatenate
3921 @itemx --catenate
3922 @itemx -A
3923 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3924 @item --delete
3925 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3926 @item --compare
3927 @itemx --diff
3928 @itemx -d
3929 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3930 @end table
3931
3932 @node append
3933 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3934 @UNREVISED
3935
3936 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3937 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3938 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3939 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3940 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3941 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3942
3943 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3944 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3945 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3946 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3947 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3948 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3949 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3950 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3951
3952 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3953 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3954 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3955 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3956 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3957 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3958 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3959 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3960 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3961 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3962 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3963 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3964 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3965 extracted before it, and so on.
3966
3967 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3968 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3969 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3970 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3971 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3972 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3973 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3974 the command
3975
3976 @smallexample
3977 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3978 @end smallexample
3979
3980 @noindent
3981 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3982
3983 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3984 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3985
3986 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3987 with the Same Name.}
3988
3989 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3990 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3991 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3992 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3993 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3994 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3995 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3996 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3997 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3998 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3999
4000 @menu
4001 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4002 * multiple::
4003 @end menu
4004
4005 @node appending files
4006 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4007 @UNREVISED
4008 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4009 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4010 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4011
4012 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4013 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
4014 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
4015 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4016 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4017 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4018 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4019 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4020 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
4021 of the files as they are written into the archive.
4022
4023 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4024 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4025 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4026 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4027
4028 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4029 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4030 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4031 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4032 @file{collection.tar}:
4033
4034 @smallexample
4035 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4036 @end smallexample
4037
4038 @noindent
4039 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
4040 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4041
4042 @smallexample
4043 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4044 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4045 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4046 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4047 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4048 @end smallexample
4049
4050 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
4051 title claims it will become...}
4052
4053 @node multiple
4054 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
4055
4056 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
4057 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
4058 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
4059 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
4060 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
4061 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
4062 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
4063 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
4064 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
4065 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
4066 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
4067 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
4068 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4069 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4070 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4071 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
4072 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
4073 versions of the file.
4074
4075 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4076 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4077 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4078 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4079 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4080 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4081 newer version when it is extracted.
4082
4083 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4084 archive in this way:
4085
4086 @smallexample
4087 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4088 blues
4089 @end smallexample
4090
4091 @noindent
4092 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4093 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4094 list the contents of the archive:
4095
4096 @smallexample
4097 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4098 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4099 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4100 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4101 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4102 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4103 @end smallexample
4104
4105 @noindent
4106 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4107 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4108 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4109 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4110 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4111
4112 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4113 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
4114 the following example:
4115
4116 @smallexample
4117 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4118 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4119 @end smallexample
4120
4121 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
4122 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4123 @value{op-occurrence} option.
4124
4125 @node update
4126 @subsection Updating an Archive
4127 @UNREVISED
4128 @cindex Updating an archive
4129
4130 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
4131 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4132 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
4133 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
4134 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
4135 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
4136 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
4137
4138 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4139 The operation will fail.
4140
4141 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4142 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4143
4144 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
4145 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4146 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4147 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
4148 Same Name}
4149
4150 @menu
4151 * how to update::
4152 @end menu
4153
4154 @node how to update
4155 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
4156
4157 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
4158 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
4159 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
4160 you).
4161
4162 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4163 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
4164
4165 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4166 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4167 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4168 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
4169 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
4170 arguments:
4171
4172 @smallexample
4173 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4174 blues
4175 classical
4176 $
4177 @end smallexample
4178
4179 @noindent
4180 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4181 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4182 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4183 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4184 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4185 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4186 updating it.
4187
4188 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4189 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4190 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4191 information about tapes.
4192
4193 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
4194 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4195 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4196 options intended specifically for backups are more
4197 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4198
4199 @node concatenate
4200 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
4201
4202 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4203 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4204 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4205 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4206 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4207 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
4208
4209 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
4210 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
4211 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
4212 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
4213 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
4214 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4215 Members with the Same Name.}
4216
4217 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4218 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4219 files from @file{practice}:
4220
4221 @smallexample
4222 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4223 blues
4224 classical
4225 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4226 folk
4227 jazz
4228 @end smallexample
4229
4230 @noindent
4231 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4232 contain what they are supposed to:
4233
4234 @smallexample
4235 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4236 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4237 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4238 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4239 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4240 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4241 @end smallexample
4242
4243 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4244
4245 @smallexample
4246 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4247 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4248 @end smallexample
4249
4250 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4251 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4252
4253 @smallexample
4254 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4255 blues
4256 rock
4257 jazz
4258 folk
4259 @end smallexample
4260
4261 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4262 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4263 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4264 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4265 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4266 new name?}
4267
4268 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4269 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4270
4271 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4272 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4273 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4274 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4275 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4276
4277 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4278 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4279 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4280 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4281 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4282 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4283 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4284 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4285 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4286 @command{cat} shell utility.
4287
4288 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4289 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4290 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4291 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4292 default archive name.
4293
4294 @node delete
4295 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4296 @UNREVISED
4297 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4298 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4299
4300 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4301 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4302 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4303 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4304 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4305 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4306 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4307 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4308 very slowly.
4309
4310 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4311
4312 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4313 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4314 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4315 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4316 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4317 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4318 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4319 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4320 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4321 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4322
4323 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4324 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4325 are in that directory, and then,
4326
4327 @smallexample
4328 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4329 blues
4330 folk
4331 jazz
4332 rock
4333 practice/blues
4334 practice/folk
4335 practice/jazz
4336 practice/rock
4337 practice/blues
4338 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4339 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4340 folk
4341 jazz
4342 rock
4343 $
4344 @end smallexample
4345
4346 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4347 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4348 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4349
4350 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4351 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4352
4353 @node compare
4354 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4355 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4356 @UNREVISED
4357
4358 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4359 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4360 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4361 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4362 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4363 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4364 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4365
4366 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4367 archive with a non-default record size.
4368
4369 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4370 corresponding members in the archive.
4371
4372 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4373 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4374 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4375 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4376
4377 @smallexample
4378 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4379 rock
4380 blues
4381 tar: funk not found in archive
4382 @end smallexample
4383
4384 @noindent
4385 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4386 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4387 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4388 such as:
4389
4390 @smallexample
4391 funk: does not exist
4392 @end smallexample
4393
4394 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4395 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4396 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4397
4398 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4399 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4400 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4401
4402 @node create options
4403 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4404
4405 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4406 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4407 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4408 @samp{--create}.
4409
4410 @menu
4411 * Ignore Failed Read::
4412 @end menu
4413
4414 @node Ignore Failed Read
4415 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4416
4417 @table @kbd
4418 @item --ignore-failed-read
4419 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4420 @end table
4421
4422 @node extract options
4423 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4424 @UNREVISED
4425
4426 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4427 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4428
4429 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4430 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4431 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4432 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4433 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4434 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4435 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4436 @samp{--extract} operation.
4437
4438 @menu
4439 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4440 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4441 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4442 @end menu
4443
4444 @node Reading
4445 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4446 @cindex Options when reading archives
4447 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4448 @cindex Records, incomplete
4449 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4450 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4451 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4452 @cindex Small memory
4453 @cindex Running out of space
4454 @UNREVISED
4455
4456 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4457 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4458 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4459 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4460 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4461 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4462 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4463 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4464 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4465
4466 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4467 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4468 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4469 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4470 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4471 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4472
4473 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4474 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4475 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4476 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4477 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4478
4479 @menu
4480 * read full records::
4481 * Ignore Zeros::
4482 @end menu
4483
4484 @node read full records
4485 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4486
4487 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4488
4489 @table @kbd
4490 @item --read-full-records
4491 @item -B
4492 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4493 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4494 than the one specified.
4495 @end table
4496
4497 @node Ignore Zeros
4498 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4499
4500 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4501 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4502 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4503 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4504 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4505 together).
4506
4507 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4508 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4509 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4510 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4511 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4512
4513 @table @kbd
4514 @item --ignore-zeros
4515 @itemx -i
4516 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4517 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4518 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4519 @end table
4520
4521 @node Writing
4522 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4523 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4524 @cindex Protecting old files
4525 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4526 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4527 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4528 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4529 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4530 @UNREVISED
4531
4532 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4533
4534 @menu
4535 * Dealing with Old Files::
4536 * Overwrite Old Files::
4537 * Keep Old Files::
4538 * Keep Newer Files::
4539 * Unlink First::
4540 * Recursive Unlink::
4541 * Modification Times::
4542 * Setting Access Permissions::
4543 * Writing to Standard Output::
4544 * remove files::
4545 @end menu
4546
4547 @node Dealing with Old Files
4548 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4549
4550 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4551 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4552 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4553 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4554 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4555 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4556 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4557 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4558 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4559
4560 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4561 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4562 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4563 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4564 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4565
4566 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4567 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4568 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4569
4570 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4571 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4572 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4573 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4574 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4575 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4576 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4577 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4578 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4579 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4580 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4581 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4582 @file{/usr/local2}, of course! @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4583 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4584 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4585 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4586 removed.
4587
4588 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4589 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4590 before extracting them.
4591
4592 @node Overwrite Old Files
4593 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4594
4595 @table @kbd
4596 @item --overwrite
4597 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4598 from an archive.
4599
4600 This
4601 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4602 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4603 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4604 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4605 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4606 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4607 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4608 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4609 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4610 they are in the way of extraction.
4611
4612 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4613 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4614 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4615 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4616 are currently being executed.
4617
4618 @item --overwrite-dir
4619 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4620 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4621 @end table
4622
4623 @node Keep Old Files
4624 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4625
4626 @table @kbd
4627 @item --keep-old-files
4628 @itemx -k
4629 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4630 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4631 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4632 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4633 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4634 extraction.
4635 @end table
4636
4637 @node Keep Newer Files
4638 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4639
4640 @table @kbd
4641 @item --keep-newer-files
4642 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4643 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4644 @end table
4645
4646 @node Unlink First
4647 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4648
4649 @table @kbd
4650 @item --unlink-first
4651 @itemx -U
4652 Remove files before extracting over them.
4653 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4654 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4655 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4656 @end table
4657
4658 @node Recursive Unlink
4659 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4660
4661 @table @kbd
4662 @item --recursive-unlink
4663 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4664 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4665 @end table
4666
4667 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4668 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4669 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4670 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4671
4672 @node Modification Times
4673 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4674
4675 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4676 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4677 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4678 setting.
4679
4680 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4681 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4682 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4683
4684 @table @kbd
4685 @item --touch
4686 @itemx -m
4687 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4688 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4689 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4690 @end table
4691
4692 @node Setting Access Permissions
4693 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4694
4695 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4696 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4697 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4698 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4699
4700 @table @kbd
4701 @item --preserve-permission
4702 @itemx --same-permission
4703 @itemx --ignore-umask
4704 @itemx -p
4705 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4706 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4707 @value{op-extract}.
4708 @end table
4709
4710 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4711 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4712 more than one file?}
4713
4714 @node Writing to Standard Output
4715 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4716
4717 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4718 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4719 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4720 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4721 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4722 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4723 found in the archive.
4724
4725 @table @kbd
4726 @item --to-stdout
4727 @itemx -O
4728 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4729 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4730 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4731 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4732 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4733 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4734 @end table
4735
4736 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4737 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4738 it. You can use a command like this:
4739
4740 @smallexample
4741 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4742 @end smallexample
4743
4744 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4745
4746 @smallexample
4747 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4748 @end smallexample
4749
4750 @node remove files
4751 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4752
4753 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4754 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4755 else in the book...}
4756
4757 @table @kbd
4758 @item --remove-files
4759 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4760 @end table
4761
4762 @node Scarce
4763 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4764 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4765 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4766 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4767 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4768 @UNREVISED
4769
4770 @menu
4771 * Starting File::
4772 * Same Order::
4773 @end menu
4774
4775 @node Starting File
4776 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4777
4778 @table @kbd
4779 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4780 @itemx -K @var{name}
4781 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4782 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4783 @end table
4784
4785 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4786 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4787 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4788 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4789 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4790 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4791 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4792 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4793 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4794
4795 @node Same Order
4796 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4797
4798 @table @kbd
4799 @item --same-order
4800 @itemx --preserve-order
4801 @itemx -s
4802 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4803 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4804 @value{op-list}
4805 or @value{op-extract}.
4806 @end table
4807
4808 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4809 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4810 the option to exist in either version?}
4811
4812 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4813
4814 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4815 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4816 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4817 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4818 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4819 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4820
4821 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4822
4823 @node backup
4824 @section Backup options
4825
4826 @cindex backup options
4827
4828 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4829 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4830 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4831 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4832 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4833 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4834
4835 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4836 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4837 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4838 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4839 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4840 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4841 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4842 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4843 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4844 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4845
4846 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4847 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4848 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4849 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4850 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4851 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4852 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4853 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4854 refers to a remote file.
4855
4856 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4857 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4858 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4859 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4860 file are kept.
4861
4862 @table @samp
4863
4864 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4865 @opindex --backup
4866 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4867 @cindex backups
4868 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4869 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4870
4871 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4872 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4873 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4874 use the @samp{existing} method.
4875
4876 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4877 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4878 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4879 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4880
4881 @table @samp
4882 @item t
4883 @itemx numbered
4884 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4885 Always make numbered backups.
4886
4887 @item nil
4888 @itemx existing
4889 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4890 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4891 of the others.
4892
4893 @item never
4894 @itemx simple
4895 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4896 Always make simple backups.
4897
4898 @end table
4899
4900 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4901 @opindex --suffix
4902 @cindex backup suffix
4903 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4904 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4905 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4906 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4907 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4908
4909 @end table
4910
4911 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4912 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4913 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4914 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4915 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4916 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4917
4918 @smallexample
4919 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4920 @end smallexample
4921
4922 @node Applications
4923 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4924 @UNREVISED
4925
4926 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4927 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4928 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4929
4930 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4931
4932 @findex uuencode
4933 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4934 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4935 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4936 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4937 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4938 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4939 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4940 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4941
4942 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4943 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4944 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4945 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4946
4947 @smallexample
4948 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4949 @end smallexample
4950
4951 @noindent
4952 The command also works using short option forms:
4953
4954 @smallexample
4955 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4956 @end smallexample
4957
4958 @noindent
4959 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4960
4961 @node looking ahead
4962 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4963
4964 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4965 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4966 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4967 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4968 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4969 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4970 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4971 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4972 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4973 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4974
4975 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4976 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4977 @value{xref-files-from}.
4978
4979 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4980 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4981
4982 @node Backups
4983 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4984 @UNREVISED
4985
4986 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4987 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4988 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4989 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4990 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4991 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4992 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4993
4994 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4995 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4996 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4997 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4998
4999 @smallexample
5000 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
5001 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
5002 @end smallexample
5003
5004 @ifclear PUBLISH
5005
5006 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5007 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5008 distribution.
5009
5010 @smallexample
5011 .* dumps
5012 . + what are dumps
5013
5014 . + different levels of dumps
5015 . - full dump = dump everything
5016 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
5017 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5018 n-1 dump (?)
5019
5020 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5021 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5022
5023 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
5024 . - how to customize
5025 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5026
5027 . + Problems
5028 . - rsh doesn't work
5029 . - rtape isn't installed
5030 . - (others?)
5031
5032 . + the --incremental option of tar
5033
5034 . + tapes
5035 . - write protection
5036 . - types of media
5037 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
5038 . - files and tape marks
5039 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5040 . - positioning the tape
5041 MT writes two at end of write,
5042 backspaces over one when writing again.
5043 @end smallexample
5044
5045 @end ifclear
5046
5047 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @command{tar}
5048 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5049
5050 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5051 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5052 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5053 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5054 called @dfn{dumps}.
5055
5056 @menu
5057 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5058 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5059 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
5060 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5061 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5062 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5063 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5064 @end menu
5065
5066 @node Full Dumps
5067 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5068 @UNREVISED
5069
5070 @cindex full dumps
5071 @cindex dumps, full
5072
5073 @cindex corrupted archives
5074 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5075 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
5076 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5077 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5078 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5079 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5080
5081 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
5082 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5083 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5084
5085 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5086 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
5087 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5088
5089 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
5090 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
5091 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
5092
5093 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
5094 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
5095 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
5096
5097 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5098 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
5099 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
5100 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
5101 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
5102 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5103
5104 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
5105 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
5106 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
5107
5108 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
5109
5110 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
5111
5112 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
5113 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
5114 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
5115 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
5116 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
5117 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
5118 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
5119 doing a complete incremental restore.
5120
5121 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5122 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5123 @command{tar} program.
5124
5125 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
5126 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
5127
5128 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
5129 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
5130 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5131 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5132 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5133 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5134 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5135 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5136 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
5137 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
5138 the data.
5139
5140 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
5141 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
5142 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
5143 deleted from the directory}.
5144
5145 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
5146 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
5147 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
5148 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
5149 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5150
5151 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
5152 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
5153 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
5154 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
5155 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
5156 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
5157 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
5158
5159 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5160 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
5161 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
5162 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
5163 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
5164 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
5165 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
5166 appropriate files in the archive.
5167
5168 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
5169 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
5170 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
5171 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
5172 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
5173 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
5174 created.
5175
5176 @node Inc Dumps
5177 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5178 @UNREVISED
5179
5180 @cindex incremental dumps
5181 @cindex dumps, incremental
5182
5183 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
5184 although a few more options will usually be needed.
5185
5186 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
5187 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
5188 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
5189 monthly) dump.
5190
5191 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
5192 and @samp{/var}.
5193
5194 @smallexample
5195 #! /bin/sh
5196 tar --create \
5197 --blocking-factor=126 \
5198 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
5199 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
5200 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
5201 --verbose \
5202 /usr /var
5203 @end smallexample
5204
5205 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
5206 store information about the previous tar dump.
5207
5208 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
5209 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
5210 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
5211 largest blocking factor that can be used.
5212
5213 @node incremental and listed-incremental
5214 @section The Incremental Options
5215 @UNREVISED
5216
5217 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
5218 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
5219 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
5220 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
5221 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
5222 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
5223 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5224
5225 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5226 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5227 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5228 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5229 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5230 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5231
5232 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5233 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5234 @command{tar} program.
5235
5236 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5237 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5238 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5239 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5240 extract the files in the archive.
5241
5242 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5243 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5244 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5245 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5246 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5247
5248 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5249 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5250 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5251 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5252 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5253 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5254 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5255 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5256 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5257 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5258
5259 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5260 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5261 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5262 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5263 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5264 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5265 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5266 all appropriate files in the archive.
5267
5268 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5269 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5270 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5271 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5272 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5273 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5274 actually created.
5275
5276 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5277 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5278 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5279 backwards.
5280
5281 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5282 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5283 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5284 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5285 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5286 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5287 to be a better way to go.
5288
5289 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5290 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5291 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5292 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5293 @file{/dev/null}.
5294
5295 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5296
5297 @node Backup Levels
5298 @section Levels of Backups
5299
5300 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5301 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5302 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5303 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5304 are daily re-archived.
5305
5306 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5307 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5308 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5309 dump.
5310
5311 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5312 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5313 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5314 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5315 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5316 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5317 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5318 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5319
5320 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5321 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5322 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5323 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5324 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5325
5326 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5327 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5328 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5329 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
5330 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
5331 running the appropriate script.
5332
5333 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5334 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5335 their use in detail.
5336
5337 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5338 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5339 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5340 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5341 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
5342 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
5343
5344 @node Backup Parameters
5345 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5346
5347 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5348 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5349 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5350 before using these scripts.
5351
5352 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5353 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5354 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5355 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5356 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5357 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5358 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5359 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5360
5361 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5362 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5363
5364 @menu
5365 * General-Purpose Variables::
5366 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5367 * User Hooks::
5368 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5369 @end menu
5370
5371 @node General-Purpose Variables
5372 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5373
5374 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5375 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5376 sends a backup report to this address.
5377 @end defvr
5378
5379 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5380 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5381 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5382 or the string @samp{now}.
5383
5384 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5385 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5386 @end defvr
5387
5388 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5389 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5390 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5391 @end defvr
5392
5393 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5394
5395 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5396 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5397 @end defvr
5398
5399 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5400
5401 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5402 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5403 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5404 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5405 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5406
5407 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5408 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5409 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5410 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5411 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5412 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5413 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5414 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5415 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5416
5417 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5418 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5419 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5420 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5421 @end defvr
5422
5423 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5424
5425 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5426 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5427 @end defvr
5428
5429 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5430
5431 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5432 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5433 which the backup script is run.
5434
5435 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5436 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5437 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5438 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5439 @end defvr
5440
5441 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5442
5443 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5444 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5445 @end defvr
5446
5447 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5448
5449 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5450 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5451 to use public key authentication.
5452 @end defvr
5453
5454 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5455
5456 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
5457 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
5458 @end defvr
5459
5460 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5461
5462 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5463 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5464 @end defvr
5465
5466 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5467
5468 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5469 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5470 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5471 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5472 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5473 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups.
5474
5475 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5476 @end defvr
5477
5478 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5479
5480 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5481
5482 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5483 @end defvr
5484
5485 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5486
5487 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5488 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5489 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5490 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5491 the console.
5492 @end defvr
5493
5494 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5495
5496 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5497 this will just be some literal text.
5498 @end defvr
5499
5500 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5501
5502 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5503 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5504 @end defvr
5505
5506 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5507 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5508
5509 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5510 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5511 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5512
5513 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5514 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5515 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5516
5517 @smallexample
5518 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5519
5520 mt_begin() @{
5521 mt -f "$1" retension
5522 @}
5523 @end smallexample
5524 @end defvr
5525
5526 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5527 THe name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5528 follows:
5529
5530 @smallexample
5531 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5532
5533 mt_rewind() @{
5534 mt -f "$1" rewind
5535 @}
5536 @end smallexample
5537
5538 @end defvr
5539
5540 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5541 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5542 it is defined as follows:
5543
5544 @smallexample
5545 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5546
5547 mt_offline() @{
5548 mt -f "$1" offl
5549 @}
5550 @end smallexample
5551 @end defvr
5552
5553 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5554 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5555 including error count. Default definition:
5556
5557 @smallexample
5558 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5559
5560 mt_status() @{
5561 mt -f "$1" status
5562 @}
5563 @end smallexample
5564 @end defvr
5565
5566 @node User Hooks
5567 @subsection User Hooks
5568
5569 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5570 each @command{tar} invocations. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5571 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5572 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5573 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5574 taking four arguments:
5575
5576 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5577 The arguments are:
5578
5579 @table @var
5580 @item level
5581 Current backup or restore level.
5582
5583 @item host
5584 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5585
5586 @item fs
5587 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5588
5589 @item fsname
5590 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5591 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5592 @end table
5593 @end deffn
5594
5595 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5596
5597 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5598 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5599 @end defvr
5600
5601 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5602 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5603 @end defvr
5604
5605 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5606 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5607 @end defvr
5608
5609 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5610 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5611 @end defvr
5612
5613 @node backup-specs example
5614 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5615
5616 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
5617
5618 @smallexample
5619 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5620
5621 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5622 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5623 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5624
5625 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5626 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5627 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5628
5629 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5630 my_status() @{
5631 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5632 @}
5633 MT_STATUS=my_status
5634
5635 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5636 MT_OFFLINE=:
5637
5638 BLOCKING=124
5639 BACKUP_DIRS="
5640 albert:/fs/fsf
5641 apple-gunkies:/gd
5642 albert:/fs/gd2
5643 albert:/fs/gp
5644 geech:/usr/jla
5645 churchy:/usr/roland
5646 albert:/
5647 albert:/usr
5648 apple-gunkies:/
5649 apple-gunkies:/usr
5650 gnu:/hack
5651 gnu:/u
5652 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5653 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5654
5655 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5656
5657 @end smallexample
5658
5659 @node Scripted Backups
5660 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5661
5662 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5663
5664 @smallexample
5665 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5666 @end smallexample
5667
5668 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5669 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5670 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5671 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5672 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5673 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5674 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5675 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5676 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5677 create a level one dump.}
5678
5679 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5680 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5681
5682 @table @asis
5683 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5684
5685 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5686
5687 @item @var{hh}
5688
5689 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5690
5691 @item now
5692
5693 The dump must be run immediately.
5694 @end table
5695
5696 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5697 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5698 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5699 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5700 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5701 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5702 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5703 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5704 Restoration}).
5705
5706 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5707 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5708 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5709 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5710 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5711 detailed explanation of this file.}
5712
5713 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5714 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5715 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5716 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5717 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5718 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{n} represents
5719 current dump level number.
5720
5721 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5722 standard output.
5723
5724 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5725 script:
5726
5727 @table @option
5728 @item -l @var{level}
5729 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5730 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5731
5732 @item -f
5733 @itemx --force
5734 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5735
5736 @item -v@var{level}
5737 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5738 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5739 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5740 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5741
5742 @item -t @var{start-time}
5743 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5744 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5745
5746 @item -h
5747 @itemx --help
5748 Display short help message and exit.
5749
5750 @item -L
5751 @itemx --license
5752 Display program license and exit.
5753
5754 @item -V
5755 @itemx --version
5756 Display program version and exit.
5757 @end table
5758
5759
5760 @node Scripted Restoration
5761 @section Using the Restore Script
5762
5763 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5764 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5765 simplest form, invoke @command{restore} without options, it will
5766 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5767 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5768
5769 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5770 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5771 line. For example, running
5772
5773 @smallexample
5774 restore 'albert:*'
5775 @end smallexample
5776
5777 @noindent
5778 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5779 complicated example:
5780
5781 @smallexample
5782 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5783 @end smallexample
5784
5785 @noindent
5786 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5787 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5788
5789 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5790 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5791 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5792 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5793 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5794 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5795
5796 @smallexample
5797 restore --level=1
5798 @end smallexample
5799
5800 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5801
5802 @table @option
5803 @item -l @var{level}
5804 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5805 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5806
5807 @item -v@var{level}
5808 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5809 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5810 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5811 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5812
5813 @item -h
5814 @itemx --help
5815 Display short help message and exit.
5816
5817 @item -L
5818 @itemx --license
5819 Display program license and exit.
5820
5821 @item -V
5822 @itemx --version
5823 Display program version and exit.
5824 @end table
5825
5826 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5827 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5828 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5829 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5830 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5831 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5832 positioning.}
5833
5834 @quotation
5835 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5836 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5837 @end quotation
5838
5839 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5840 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5841
5842 @node Choosing
5843 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5844 @UNREVISED
5845
5846 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5847
5848 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5849 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5850 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5851 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5852 are in specified directories.
5853
5854 @menu
5855 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5856 * Selecting Archive Members::
5857 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5858 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5859 * Wildcards::
5860 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5861 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5862 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5863 @end menu
5864
5865 @node file
5866 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5867 @cindex Naming an archive
5868 @cindex Archive Name
5869 @cindex Directing output
5870 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5871 @cindex Where is the archive?
5872 @UNREVISED
5873
5874 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5875 archive"?}
5876
5877 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5878 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5879 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5880 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5881 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5882 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5883 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5884 instead of the default archive file location.
5885
5886 @table @kbd
5887 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5888 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5889 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5890 any operation.
5891 @end table
5892
5893 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5894
5895 @smallexample
5896 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5897 @end smallexample
5898
5899 @noindent
5900 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5901 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5902 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5903 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5904 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5905 for the archive name.
5906
5907 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5908 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5909 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5910
5911 @cindex Writing new archives
5912 @cindex Archive creation
5913 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5914 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5915 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5916 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5917 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5918
5919 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5920 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5921 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5922 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5923 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5924 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5925
5926 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5927 "notable tar usages".}
5928
5929 @smallexample
5930 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5931 @end smallexample
5932
5933 @FIXME{help!}
5934
5935 @cindex Standard input and output
5936 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5937 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5938 use the following:
5939
5940 @smallexample
5941 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5942 @end smallexample
5943
5944 @noindent
5945 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5946 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5947 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5948 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5949 as the username on the remote machine.
5950
5951 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5952 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5953 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5954 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5955 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5956 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5957 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5958 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5959 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5960 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5961 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5962 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5963 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5964 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5965
5966 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5967 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5968 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5969 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5970 shouldn't mention it..}
5971
5972 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5973 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5974 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5975 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5976
5977 @node Selecting Archive Members
5978 @section Selecting Archive Members
5979 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5980 @cindex Specifying archive members
5981
5982 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5983 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5984 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5985 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5986
5987 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5988 the command line, as follows:
5989 @smallexample
5990 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5991 @end smallexample
5992
5993 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5994 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5995
5996 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5997 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5998 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5999 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
6000 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
6001 @command{tar} does nothing.
6002
6003 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6004 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6005 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6006 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
6007 specifying the names of files and archive members.
6008
6009 @node files
6010 @section Reading Names from a File
6011 @UNREVISED
6012
6013 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6014 @cindex Lists of file names
6015 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6016 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6017 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6018 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
6019 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6020 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6021 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6022 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6023
6024 @table @kbd
6025 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
6026 @itemx -T @var{file name}
6027 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
6028 @end table
6029
6030 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6031 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
6032 names are read from standard input.
6033
6034 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
6035 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
6036 command.
6037
6038 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
6039
6040 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6041 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6042 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
6043 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6044 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
6045 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6046 more information.)
6047
6048 @smallexample
6049 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6050 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6051 @end smallexample
6052
6053 @noindent
6054 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
6055
6056 @menu
6057 * nul::
6058 @end menu
6059
6060 @node nul
6061 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
6062
6063 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
6064 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
6065 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
6066 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
6067 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
6068
6069 @table @kbd
6070 @item --null
6071 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6072 terminate in a newline.
6073 @end table
6074
6075 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6076 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6077 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6078 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
6079 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
6080 out there called @file{-C}.
6081
6082 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6083 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6084 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
6085 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
6086 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6087 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6088 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6089 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6090 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
6091
6092 @smallexample
6093 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6094 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6095 @end smallexample
6096
6097 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6098
6099 @node exclude
6100 @section Excluding Some Files
6101 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6102 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6103 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6104 @UNREVISED
6105
6106 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6107 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
6108
6109 @table @kbd
6110 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6111 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6112 @end table
6113
6114 @findex exclude
6115 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
6116 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
6117 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6118 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6119 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6120
6121 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
6122
6123 @table @kbd
6124 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6125 @itemx -X @var{file}
6126 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6127 @var{file}.
6128 @end table
6129
6130 @findex exclude-from
6131 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
6132 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6133 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6134 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6135 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6136 added to the archive.
6137
6138 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
6139 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
6140
6141 @menu
6142 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
6143 * problems with exclude::
6144 @end menu
6145
6146 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
6147 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6148
6149 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6150 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6151 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6152 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6153
6154 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6155 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6156 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6157 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6158
6159 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6160 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6161
6162 @smallexample
6163 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6164 @end smallexample
6165
6166 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6167 @samp{readme}.
6168
6169 @table @option
6170 @item --anchored
6171 @itemx --no-anchored
6172 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6173 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
6174
6175 @item --ignore-case
6176 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6177 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6178 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6179
6180 @item --wildcards
6181 @itemx --no-wildcards
6182 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6183 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6184 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6185 names literally.
6186
6187 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6188 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6189 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6190 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6191 matched only by @samp{/}.
6192
6193 @end table
6194
6195 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6196 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6197 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6198 the name's parent directories.
6199
6200 @node problems with exclude
6201 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6202
6203 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6204 pitfalls:
6205
6206 @itemize @bullet
6207 @item
6208 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6209 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6210 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6211 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6212 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6213 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6214
6215 @item
6216 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
6217 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
6218 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6219 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
6220 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
6221 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
6222
6223 @item
6224 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6225 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6226 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6227 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6228 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6229 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6230
6231 For example, write:
6232
6233 @smallexample
6234 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6235 @end smallexample
6236
6237 @noindent
6238 rather than:
6239
6240 @smallexample
6241 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6242 @end smallexample
6243
6244 @item
6245 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6246 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6247 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6248 might fail.
6249
6250 @item
6251 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6252 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
6253 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
6254 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
6255 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
6256 patterns listed in a file.
6257
6258 @end itemize
6259
6260 @node Wildcards
6261 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6262
6263 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6264 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6265 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6266 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6267 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6268 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6269 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6270
6271 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6272
6273 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6274 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6275 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6276 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6277 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6278 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6279 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6280 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6281 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6282
6283 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6284 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6285 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6286 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6287 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6288 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6289 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6290 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6291 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6292 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6293
6294 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6295 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6296 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6297 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6298 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6299 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6300
6301 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6302 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6303 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6304 @var{e}, inclusive.
6305
6306 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6307 who don't have dan around.}
6308
6309 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6310 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6311 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6312 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6313
6314 @node after
6315 @section Operating Only on New Files
6316 @cindex Excluding file by age
6317 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6318 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6319 @UNREVISED
6320
6321 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6322 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6323 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6324 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6325 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6326 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
6327 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6328 than the @var{date} you specify.
6329
6330 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6331 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6332 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6333
6334 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6335 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6336 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6337 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6338
6339 @table @kbd
6340 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6341 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6342 @itemx -N @var{date}
6343 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6344
6345 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6346 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6347
6348 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6349 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6350
6351 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6352 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6353 @end table
6354
6355 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6356 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6357 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6358 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6359 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6360 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6361
6362 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6363 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6364 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6365 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6366
6367 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6368 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6369 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6370 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6371 contents of the file were looked at).
6372
6373 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6374 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6375 arguments.
6376
6377 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6378
6379 @quotation
6380 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6381 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6382 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6383 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6384 @end quotation
6385
6386 @noindent
6387 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6388
6389 @node recurse
6390 @section Descending into Directories
6391 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6392 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6393 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6394 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6395 @UNREVISED
6396
6397 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6398
6399 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6400
6401 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6402 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6403 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6404 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6405
6406 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6407 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
6408 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6409 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6410 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6411 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6412 @command{tar}, or look.
6413
6414 @table @kbd
6415 @item --no-recursion
6416 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6417
6418 @item --recursion
6419 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6420 This is the default.
6421 @end table
6422
6423 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6424 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6425 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6426 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6427 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6428 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6429 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6430 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6431 located via @command{find}.
6432
6433 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6434 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6435 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6436 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6437 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6438 no new files on its own.
6439
6440 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6441 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6442 the files under those directories.
6443
6444 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6445 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6446
6447 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6448 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6449 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6450
6451 @smallexample
6452 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6453 @end smallexample
6454
6455 @noindent
6456 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6457 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6458 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6459
6460 @node one
6461 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6462 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6463 @UNREVISED
6464
6465 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6466 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6467 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6468 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6469 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6470 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6471 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6472
6473 @table @kbd
6474 @item --one-file-system
6475 @itemx -l
6476 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6477 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6478 @end table
6479
6480 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6481 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6482 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6483 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6484 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6485 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6486
6487 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6488 but nothing under it.
6489
6490 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6491 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6492 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6493 standard error.
6494
6495 @menu
6496 * directory:: Changing Directory
6497 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6498 @end menu
6499
6500 @node directory
6501 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6502
6503 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6504 things around some.}
6505
6506 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6507 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6508 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6509 @UNREVISED
6510
6511 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6512 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6513 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6514 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6515 the list.
6516
6517 @table @kbd
6518 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6519 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6520 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6521 @end table
6522
6523 For example,
6524
6525 @smallexample
6526 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6527 @end smallexample
6528
6529 @noindent
6530 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6531 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6532 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6533 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6534 store in the same archive.
6535
6536 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6537 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6538 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6539 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6540 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6541
6542 Contrast this with the command,
6543
6544 @smallexample
6545 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6546 @end smallexample
6547
6548 @noindent
6549 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6550 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6551 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6552 named @file{orange-colored}.
6553
6554 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6555 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6556 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6557 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6558 @file{foo.tar}:
6559
6560 @smallexample
6561 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6562 @end smallexample
6563
6564 @noindent
6565 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6566 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6567 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6568 directories where those files were located.
6569
6570 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6571 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6572 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6573 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6574 @samp{--directory} option.
6575
6576 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6577 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6578 totally screwed?}
6579
6580 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6581 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6582 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6583 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6584
6585 @node absolute
6586 @subsection Absolute File Names
6587 @UNREVISED
6588
6589 @table @kbd
6590 @item -P
6591 @itemx --absolute-names
6592 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6593 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6594 @end table
6595
6596 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6597 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6598 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6599
6600 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6601 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6602 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6603 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6604 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6605 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6606 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6607 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6608
6609 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6610 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6611 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6612
6613 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6614 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6615 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6616 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6617 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6618 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6619 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6620 be @file{bin/ls}.
6621
6622 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6623 none of these transformations.
6624
6625 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6626 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6627
6628 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6629 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6630 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6631
6632 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6633 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6634 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6635 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6636 more convenient than switching to root.
6637
6638 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6639 to transfer files between systems.}
6640
6641 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6642
6643 @table @kbd
6644 @item --absolute-names
6645 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6646 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6647
6648 @end table
6649
6650 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6651
6652 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6653 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6654 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6655 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6656
6657 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6658 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6659 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6660
6661 @smallexample
6662 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6663 @end smallexample
6664
6665 @noindent
6666 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6667 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6668 For example:
6669
6670 @smallexample
6671 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6672 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6673 @end smallexample
6674
6675 @include getdate.texi
6676
6677 @node Formats
6678 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6679
6680 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6681 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6682 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6683
6684 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6685 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6686
6687 @table @asis
6688 @item gnu
6689 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6690 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6691 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6692 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6693 formats.
6694
6695 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6696 length.
6697
6698 @item oldgnu
6699 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6700
6701 @item v7
6702 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6703 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6704 are:
6705
6706 @enumerate
6707 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6708 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6709 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6710 devices, fifos etc.)
6711 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6712 octal)
6713 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6714 and group name of the file owner).
6715 @end enumerate
6716
6717 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6718 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6719 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6720 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6721 Automake prior to 1.9.
6722
6723 @item ustar
6724 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6725 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6726 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6727
6728 @enumerate
6729 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6730 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6731 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6732 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6733 characters.
6734 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6735 100 characters.
6736 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6737 is 8GB
6738 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6739 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6740 @end enumerate
6741
6742 @item star
6743 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6744 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6745 currently does not produce them.
6746
6747 @item posix
6748 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6749 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6750 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6751 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6752 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6753 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6754 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6755 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6756 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6757
6758 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6759 of @GNUTAR{}.
6760
6761 @end table
6762
6763 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6764 formats:
6765
6766 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6767 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6768 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6769 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6770 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6771 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6772 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6773 @end multitable
6774
6775 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6776 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6777 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6778 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6779 switch to @samp{posix}.
6780
6781 @menu
6782 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6783 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6784 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6785 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6786 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6787 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6788 @end menu
6789
6790 @node Portability
6791 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6792
6793 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6794 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6795 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6796 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6797 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6798 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6799 archives more portable.
6800
6801 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6802 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6803 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6804 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6805
6806 @menu
6807 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6808 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6809 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6810 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6811 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6812 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6813 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6814 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6815 @end menu
6816
6817 @node Portable Names
6818 @subsection Portable Names
6819
6820 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6821 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6822 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6823 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6824 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6825 less.
6826
6827 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6828 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6829 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6830 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6831 than System V's.
6832
6833 @node dereference
6834 @subsection Symbolic Links
6835 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6836 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6837
6838 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6839 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6840 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6841 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6842 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6843 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6844 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6845 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6846
6847 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6848 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6849 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6850 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6851 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6852 system.
6853
6854 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6855 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6856 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6857
6858 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6859 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6860 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6861 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6862
6863 @node old
6864 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6865 @cindex Format, old style
6866 @cindex Old style format
6867 @cindex Old style archives
6868
6869 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6870 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6871 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6872 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6873 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6874 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6875 option). When you specify it,
6876 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6877 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6878 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6879
6880 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6881 unless the archive was created using this option.
6882
6883 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6884 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6885 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6886 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6887 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6888
6889 @node ustar
6890 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6891
6892 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6893 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6894 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6895 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6896 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6897 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6898
6899 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6900 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6901
6902 @node gnu
6903 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6904
6905 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6906 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6907 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6908 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6909 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6910 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6911 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6912 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6913 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6914
6915 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6916 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6917 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6918
6919 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6920 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6921
6922 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6923 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6924 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6925
6926 @itemize @bullet
6927 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6928 @item @value{op-incremental}
6929 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6930 @end itemize
6931
6932 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6933 format in the future.
6934
6935 @node posix
6936 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6937
6938 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6939 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6940
6941 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6942 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6943 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6944 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6945 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6946
6947 @itemize @bullet
6948 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6949 @item @value{op-incremental}
6950 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6951 @end itemize
6952
6953 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6954
6955 @node Checksumming
6956 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6957
6958 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6959 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6960 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6961 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6962 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6963 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6964 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6965 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6966 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6967 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6968 vice versa.
6969
6970 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6971 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6972 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6973 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6974 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6975 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6976 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6977 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6978
6979 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6980 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6981 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6982 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6983 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6984 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6985 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6986 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6987 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6988 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6989 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6990
6991 @node Large or Negative Values
6992 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6993 @cindex large values
6994 @cindex future time stamps
6995 @cindex negative time stamps
6996
6997 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6998 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6999 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
7000 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
7001 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
7002 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
7003 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
7004 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
7005 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
7006 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
7007
7008 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
7009 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
7010
7011 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
7012 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
7013
7014 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
7015 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
7016 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
7017 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
7018 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
7019 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
7020
7021 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
7022 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
7023 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
7024 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
7025 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
7026 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
7027 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
7028 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
7029 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
7030
7031 @node Compression
7032 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7033
7034 @menu
7035 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7036 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7037 @end menu
7038
7039 @node gzip
7040 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7041 @cindex Compressed archives
7042 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7043 @UNREVISED
7044
7045 @table @kbd
7046 @item -z
7047 @itemx --gzip
7048 @itemx --ungzip
7049 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7050 @end table
7051
7052 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
7053 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
7054 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
7055
7056 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
7057 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7058 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7059 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7060 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7061 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
7062 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
7063
7064 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
7065 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
7066 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
7067
7068 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
7069 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
7070 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
7071 like in:
7072
7073 @smallexample
7074 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7075 @end smallexample
7076
7077 @noindent
7078 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
7079 can do:
7080
7081 @smallexample
7082 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
7083 @end smallexample
7084
7085 @noindent
7086 to explode and unpack.
7087
7088 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
7089 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
7090 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
7091 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
7092 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
7093 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
7094 disk space, by using pipes internally:
7095
7096 @smallexample
7097 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
7098 @end smallexample
7099
7100 @cindex corrupted archives
7101 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7102 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7103 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7104 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7105 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7106 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7107
7108 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7109 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7110 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7111 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7112 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7113 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7114
7115 @table @kbd
7116 @item -j
7117 @itemx --bzip2
7118 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
7119
7120 @item -Z
7121 @itemx --compress
7122 @itemx --uncompress
7123 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
7124 @value{op-gzip}.
7125
7126 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7127 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
7128 @end table
7129
7130 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
7131 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
7132 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
7133 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
7134 reading the archive.
7135
7136 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
7137 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
7138 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
7139 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
7140 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
7141 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
7142 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
7143
7144 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
7145 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
7146 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
7147 more information on these operations.
7148
7149 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
7150 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
7151 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
7152
7153 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
7154 the @code{bzip2} utility.
7155
7156 @table @kbd
7157 @item --compress
7158 @itemx --uncompress
7159 @itemx -z
7160 @itemx -Z
7161 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
7162 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
7163 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
7164 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
7165 @end table
7166
7167 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
7168 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
7169 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
7170
7171 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
7172 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7173 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7174 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7175 @command{compress}.
7176
7177 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7178 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
7179 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7180 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7181 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7182 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7183 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7184 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7185 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7186 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7187
7188 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7189 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7190 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7191 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7192 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7193
7194 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7195 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7196 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7197 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7198 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7199
7200 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
7201 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7202 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7203 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
7204 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7205
7206 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7207 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7208 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7209 end up with less space on the tape.}
7210
7211 @node sparse
7212 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7213 @cindex Sparse Files
7214 @UNREVISED
7215
7216 @table @kbd
7217 @item -S
7218 @itemx --sparse
7219 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7220 @end table
7221
7222 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7223 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
7224 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7225 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7226 space needed to store such a file.
7227
7228 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7229 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7230 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7231 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7232
7233 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7234 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7235 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7236 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7237 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7238 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7239 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
7240 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
7241 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
7242 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
7243 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
7244 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7245 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
7246 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
7247 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
7248 more space than the original.
7249
7250 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7251 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7252 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
7253 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
7254 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
7255 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
7256 about creating archives.
7257
7258 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7259 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7260 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7261
7262 @quotation
7263 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7264 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7265 sparsely in the system.
7266
7267 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7268 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7269 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7270 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7271 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7272 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7273 @end quotation
7274
7275 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7276
7277 @table @kbd
7278 @item --sparse
7279 @itemx -S
7280 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7281 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7282 @end table
7283
7284 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7285 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7286 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7287 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7288 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7289 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7290 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7291 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7292 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7293 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7294
7295 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7296 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7297 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7298 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7299 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7300 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7301 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7302
7303 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7304 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7305 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7306 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7307 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7308 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7309 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7310 1990-12-10:
7311
7312 @quotation
7313 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7314 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7315 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7316 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7317 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7318 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7319
7320 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7321 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7322 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7323 get it right.
7324 @end quotation
7325
7326 @node Attributes
7327 @section Handling File Attributes
7328 @UNREVISED
7329
7330 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7331 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7332 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7333 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7334
7335 Handling of file attributes
7336
7337 @table @kbd
7338 @item --atime-preserve
7339 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7340 This doesn't work for files that
7341 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7342 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7343 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7344 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7345
7346 @item -m
7347 @itemx --touch
7348 Do not extract file modified time.
7349
7350 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7351 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7352 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7353
7354 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7355
7356 @item --same-owner
7357 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7358 archive.
7359
7360 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7361 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7362 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7363 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7364 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7365 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7366 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7367
7368 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7369 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7370 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7371 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7372 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7373 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7374 stored in the archive instead.
7375
7376 @item --no-same-owner
7377 @itemx -o
7378 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7379 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7380 only for the superuser.
7381
7382 @item --numeric-owner
7383 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7384 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7385 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7386 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7387 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7388
7389 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7390 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7391 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7392 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7393 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7394 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7395 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7396 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7397
7398 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7399 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7400 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7401 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7402 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7403 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7404
7405 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7406 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7407 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7408 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7409 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7410 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7411 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7412 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7413 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7414 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7415 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7416 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7417 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7418 gives you a great deal of control already.
7419
7420 @item -p
7421 @itemx --same-permissions
7422 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7423 Extract all protection information.
7424
7425 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7426 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7427 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7428 on extracted files.
7429
7430 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7431
7432 @item --preserve
7433 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7434
7435 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7436 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7437
7438 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7439
7440 @end table
7441
7442 @node Standard
7443 @section Basic Tar Format
7444 @UNREVISED
7445
7446 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7447 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7448 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7449 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7450 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7451 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7452 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7453
7454 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7455 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7456 bytes. A file
7457 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7458 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7459 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7460 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7461 information about file types.
7462
7463 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7464 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7465 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7466 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7467 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7468 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7469
7470 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7471 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7472 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7473
7474 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7475 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7476 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7477
7478 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7479 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7480 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7481 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7482 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7483 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7484 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7485
7486 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7487 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7488 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7489 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7490 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7491 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7492 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7493 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7494 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7495 records after a zero block.
7496
7497 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7498 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7499
7500 @smallexample
7501 @include header.texi
7502 @end smallexample
7503
7504 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7505 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7506 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7507 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7508 contiguously.
7509
7510 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7511 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7512 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7513 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7514 of file contents is performed.
7515
7516 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7517 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7518 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7519 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7520
7521 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7522 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7523
7524 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7525
7526 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7527 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7528 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7529 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7530 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7531 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7532 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7533 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7534 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7535 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7536
7537 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7538 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7539 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7540
7541 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7542 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7543 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7544
7545 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7546 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7547 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7548 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7549
7550 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7551 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7552 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7553 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7554 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7555 if it were all blanks.
7556
7557 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7558 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7559 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7560 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7561
7562 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7563 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7564 and last inode-change time.
7565
7566 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7567 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7568 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7569 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7570 continued at.
7571
7572 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7573 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7574 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7575 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7576 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7577 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7578 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7579 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7580 differently from non-sparse files.
7581
7582 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7583 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7584 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7585 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7586 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7587 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7588 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7589 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7590 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7591 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7592 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7593 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7594 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7595 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7596 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7597 used to handle a sparse file:
7598
7599 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7600 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7601 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7602 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7603 array element.
7604
7605 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7606 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7607
7608 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7609 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7610 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7611 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7612 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7613 an extended_header is needed.
7614
7615 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7616 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7617 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7618 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7619
7620 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7621 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7622 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7623 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7624
7625 @table @asis
7626
7627 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7628 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7629 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7630 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7631 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7632 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7633 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7634 ends with a slash as a directory.
7635
7636 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7637 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7638 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7639 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7640 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7641
7642 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7643 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7644 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7645
7646 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7647 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7648 These represent character special files and block special files
7649 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7650 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7651 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7652 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7653
7654 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7655 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7656 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7657 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7658 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7659 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7660 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7661 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7662 @code{size} field.
7663
7664 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7665 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7666 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7667
7668 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7669 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7670 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7671 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7672 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7673 type as a normal file.
7674
7675 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7676 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7677 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7678
7679 @end table
7680
7681 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7682 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7683
7684 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7685 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7686 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7687 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7688 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7689 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7690
7691 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7692 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7693 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7694 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7695
7696 @node Extensions
7697 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7698 @UNREVISED
7699
7700 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7701 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7702
7703 @table @code
7704 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7705 @itemx 'D'
7706 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7707 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7708 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7709 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7710 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7711 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7712 last file name.
7713
7714 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7715 @itemx 'M'
7716 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7717 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7718 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7719 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7720 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7721 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7722 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7723 the original size of the file.
7724
7725 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7726 @itemx 'S'
7727 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7728 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7729 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7730 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7731
7732 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7733 @itemx 'V'
7734 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7735 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7736 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7737 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7738 of an archive should have this type.
7739
7740 @end table
7741
7742 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7743 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7744 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7745 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7746 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7747 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7748 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7749 checksum error.
7750
7751 @node cpio
7752 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7753 @UNREVISED
7754
7755 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7756
7757 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7758 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7759 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7760 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7761 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7762 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7763
7764 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7765 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7766 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7767 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7768 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7769 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7770 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7771 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7772
7773 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7774 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7775 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7776 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7777
7778 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7779
7780 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7781 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7782 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7783
7784 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7785 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7786 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7787 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7788 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7789 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7790 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7791 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7792 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7793 make hard links between them.
7794
7795 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7796 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7797 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7798 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7799 of the names.
7800
7801 @quotation
7802 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7803 @end quotation
7804
7805 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7806 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7807 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7808
7809 @quotation
7810 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7811 at the unix scene,
7812 @end quotation
7813
7814 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7815 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7816 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7817 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7818 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7819
7820 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7821 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7822 rest of the files.
7823
7824 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7825
7826 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7827 to start on a record boundary.
7828
7829 @quotation
7830 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7831 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7832 crashed archives at all.)
7833 @end quotation
7834
7835 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7836 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7837 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7838 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7839 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7840 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7841 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7842 archive.
7843
7844 @quotation
7845 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7846 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7847 @end quotation
7848
7849 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7850 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7851 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7852 special files.
7853
7854 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7855 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7856 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7857 backwards compatibility.
7858
7859 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7860 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7861 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7862
7863 @node Media
7864 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7865 @UNREVISED
7866
7867 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7868 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7869
7870 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7871 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7872 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7873 such manipulation easier.
7874
7875 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7876 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7877
7878 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7879 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7880 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7881 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7882
7883 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7884 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7885 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7886 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7887 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7888 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7889
7890 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7891 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7892 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7893 not a good idea.
7894
7895 @menu
7896 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7897 * Remote Tape Server::
7898 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7899 * Blocking:: Blocking
7900 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7901 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7902 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7903 * verify::
7904 * Write Protection::
7905 @end menu
7906
7907 @node Device
7908 @section Device Selection and Switching
7909 @UNREVISED
7910
7911 @table @kbd
7912 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7913 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7914 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7915 @end table
7916
7917 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7918 works on.
7919
7920 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7921 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7922 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7923 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7924 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7925
7926 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7927 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7928 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7929 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7930 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7931 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7932 @command{rsh}.
7933 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7934 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7935 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7936 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7937 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7938 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7939 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7940 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7941 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7942 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7943
7944 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7945 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7946 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7947 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7948 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7949
7950 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7951 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7952 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7953 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7954 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7955 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7956 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7957 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7958 cartridges or diskettes.
7959
7960 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7961 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7962 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7963 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7964 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7965 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7966 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7967 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7968 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7969 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7970 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7971 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7972
7973 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7974 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7975 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7976 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7977 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7978
7979 @table @kbd
7980 @item --force-local
7981 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7982
7983 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7984 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7985 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7986 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7987
7988 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7989 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7990 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7991 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7992 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7993 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7994
7995 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7996 Specify drive and density.
7997
7998 @item -M
7999 @itemx --multi-volume
8000 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
8001
8002 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
8003 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
8004 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
8005
8006 @item -L @var{num}
8007 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
8008 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
8009
8010 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
8011 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
8012 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
8013
8014 @item -F @var{file}
8015 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8016 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8017 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
8018 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
8019 @end table
8020
8021 @node Remote Tape Server
8022 @section The Remote Tape Server
8023
8024 @cindex remote tape drive
8025 @pindex rmt
8026 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8027 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8028 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
8029 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
8030 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
8031 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
8032 using a different login name if one is supplied.
8033
8034 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8035 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8036 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
8037 installed by default.
8038
8039 @cindex absolute file names
8040 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
8041 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8042 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8043 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8044 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8045 message telling you what it is doing.
8046
8047 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8048 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8049 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8050 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8051 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8052 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8053 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8054 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8055 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8056 backup tapes.
8057
8058 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8059 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8060 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8061 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8062 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8063 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
8064 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8065
8066 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8067 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8068 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8069 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8070 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8071 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8072
8073 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8074 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8075 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8076 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8077 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8078 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8079
8080 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
8081 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
8082 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
8083 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
8084 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8085
8086 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8087 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8088
8089 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
8090 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
8091 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8092 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8093 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8094 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8095 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8096 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
8097
8098 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8099 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8100
8101 @ifclear PUBLISH
8102
8103 @format
8104 errors from system:
8105 permission denied
8106 no such file or directory
8107 not owner
8108
8109 errors from @command{tar}:
8110 directory checksum error
8111 header format error
8112
8113 errors from media/system:
8114 i/o error
8115 device busy
8116 @end format
8117
8118 @end ifclear
8119
8120 @node Blocking
8121 @section Blocking
8122 @UNREVISED
8123
8124 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8125 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8126 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8127 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8128 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8129
8130 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8131 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8132
8133 @quotation
8134 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8135 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8136 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8137 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8138 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8139 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8140 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8141 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8142 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8143 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8144
8145 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8146 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8147 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8148 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8149 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8150 into the source code too.
8151 @end quotation
8152
8153 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8154 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8155 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8156 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8157 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8158 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8159 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8160 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8161 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8162 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8163 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8164 in @GNUTAR{}.
8165
8166 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8167 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8168 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8169 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8170 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8171 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8172 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8173 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8174 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8175 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8176 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8177 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8178 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8179 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8180 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8181
8182 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8183 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8184 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
8185 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
8186 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
8187 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
8188 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
8189 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8190
8191 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8192 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8193 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8194 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8195 honor blocking.
8196
8197 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8198 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8199 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8200 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8201 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8202 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8203 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
8204 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
8205 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8206 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
8207 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8208 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8209 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8210 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8211 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
8212 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8213 correctly.
8214
8215 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8216 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8217 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8218 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8219 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8220
8221 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8222 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8223 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8224 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8225 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8226 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8227 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8228 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8229 around one megabyte.
8230
8231 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8232 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8233 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8234 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8235 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8236 device.
8237
8238 @menu
8239 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8240 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8241 @end menu
8242
8243 @node Format Variations
8244 @subsection Format Variations
8245 @cindex Format Parameters
8246 @cindex Format Options
8247 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8248 @cindex Options, format specifying
8249 @UNREVISED
8250
8251 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8252 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8253 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8254 store the archive.
8255
8256 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8257 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8258 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8259 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8260 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8261 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8262 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8263 examples of format parameter considerations.
8264
8265 @node Blocking Factor
8266 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8267 @cindex Blocking Factor
8268 @cindex Record Size
8269 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8270 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8271 @cindex Bytes per record
8272 @cindex Blocks per record
8273 @UNREVISED
8274
8275 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8276 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8277 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8278 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8279 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8280 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
8281 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8282 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8283 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8284
8285 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8286 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8287 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8288 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8289 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8290 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8291 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8292 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8293 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8294 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8295 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8296 writing archives.
8297
8298 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8299
8300 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8301 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8302 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8303 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8304 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8305 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8306
8307 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8308 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8309 example, this has been reported:
8310
8311 @smallexample
8312 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8313 @end smallexample
8314
8315 @noindent
8316 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8317 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8318 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8319 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8320 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8321 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8322 for example, might resolve the problem.
8323
8324 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8325 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8326 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8327 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8328 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8329 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8330 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8331 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8332 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8333 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8334 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8335 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8336 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8337
8338 @table @kbd
8339 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8340 @itemx -b @var{number}
8341 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8342 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8343 @end table
8344
8345 Device blocking
8346
8347 @table @kbd
8348 @item -b @var{blocks}
8349 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8350 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8351
8352 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8353 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8354 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8355 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8356 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8357 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8358
8359 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8360 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8361 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8362 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8363
8364 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8365 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8366 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8367 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8368 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8369
8370 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8371 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8372 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8373 updating the archive.
8374
8375 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8376 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8377 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8378 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8379
8380 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8381 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8382 the amount of available virtual memory.
8383
8384 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8385 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8386 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8387 @itemize @bullet
8388 @item
8389 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8390 @item
8391 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8392 redirected nor piped,
8393 @item
8394 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8395 device,
8396 @item
8397 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8398 invocation.
8399 @end itemize
8400
8401 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8402 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8403 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8404 topic:
8405
8406 @itemize @bullet
8407
8408 @item
8409 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8410 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8411 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8412 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8413 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8414 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8415
8416 @item
8417 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8418 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8419 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8420 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8421 ignored.
8422
8423 @item
8424 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8425 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8426 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8427 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8428 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8429 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8430 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8431
8432 @item
8433 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8434 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8435 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8436 @end itemize
8437
8438 @item -i
8439 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8440 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8441
8442 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8443 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8444 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8445 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8446 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8447 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8448 the zeroed blocks.
8449
8450 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8451 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8452 are stored on a single physical tape.
8453
8454 @item -B
8455 @itemx --read-full-records
8456 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8457
8458 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8459 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8460 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8461 record.
8462
8463 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8464 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8465 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8466 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8467 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8468 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8469
8470 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8471
8472 @end table
8473
8474 Tape blocking
8475
8476 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8477
8478 @cindex blocking factor
8479 @cindex tape blocking
8480
8481 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8482 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8483 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8484 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8485 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8486 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8487 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8488 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8489 tape motion without loosing information.
8490
8491 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8492 @cindex DAT blocking
8493 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8494 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8495 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8496 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8497 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8498 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8499 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8500 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8501 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8502 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8503 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8504 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8505 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8506 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8507 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8508 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8509
8510 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8511 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8512 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8513 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8514
8515 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8516 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8517 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8518
8519 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8520 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8521 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8522
8523 @node Many
8524 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8525
8526 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8527
8528 @findex ntape @r{device}
8529 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8530 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8531 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8532 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8533 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8534 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8535 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8536 device.
8537
8538 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8539 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8540 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8541 means that a simple:
8542
8543 @smallexample
8544 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8545 @end smallexample
8546
8547 @noindent
8548 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8549 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8550 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8551 just been saved.
8552
8553 @cindex tape positioning
8554 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8555 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8556 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8557 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8558 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8559 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8560 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8561 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8562 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8563 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8564 recovered.
8565
8566 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8567 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8568
8569 @smallexample
8570 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8571 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8572 @end smallexample
8573
8574 @cindex tape marks
8575 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8576 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8577 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8578 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8579 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8580 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8581 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8582 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8583 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8584 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8585 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8586
8587 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8588 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8589
8590 @smallexample
8591 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8592 @end smallexample
8593
8594 @noindent
8595 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8596
8597 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8598 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8599 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8600 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8601 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8602 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8603 these commands:
8604
8605 @smallexample
8606 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8607 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8608 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8609 @end smallexample
8610
8611 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8612 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8613
8614 @menu
8615 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8616 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8617 @end menu
8618
8619 @node Tape Positioning
8620 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8621 @UNREVISED
8622
8623 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8624 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8625 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8626 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8627 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8628 two at the end of all the file entries.
8629
8630 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8631 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8632
8633 @smallexample
8634 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8635 @end smallexample
8636
8637 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8638 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8639 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8640 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8641 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8642 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8643 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8644 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8645 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8646 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8647 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8648 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8649 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8650
8651 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8652 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8653 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8654 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8655 following:
8656
8657 @smallexample
8658 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8659 @end smallexample
8660
8661 @node mt
8662 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8663 @UNREVISED
8664
8665 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8666 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8667 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8668
8669 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8670 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8671 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8672 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8673 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8674 together"?}
8675
8676 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8677
8678 @smallexample
8679 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8680 @end smallexample
8681
8682 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8683 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8684 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8685
8686 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8687
8688 @table @kbd
8689 @item eof
8690 @itemx weof
8691 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8692
8693 @item fsf
8694 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8695
8696 @item bsf
8697 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8698
8699 @item rewind
8700 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8701
8702 @item offline
8703 @itemx rewoff1
8704 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8705
8706 @item status
8707 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8708
8709 @end table
8710
8711 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8712
8713 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8714 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8715 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8716
8717 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8718 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8719 failed.
8720
8721 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8722
8723 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8724 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8725 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8726 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8727 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8728 @value{xref-label}.
8729 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8730 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8731 label.
8732
8733 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8734
8735 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8736 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8737 @UNREVISED
8738
8739 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8740 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8741 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8742 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8743 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8744
8745 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8746 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8747 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8748 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8749 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8750 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8751 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8752 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8753 file.)
8754
8755 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8756 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8757 process them properly.
8758
8759 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8760 responses:
8761
8762 @table @kbd
8763 @item ?
8764 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8765 @item q
8766 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8767 @item n @var{file name}
8768 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8769 @item !
8770 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8771 @item y
8772 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8773 @end table
8774
8775 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8776 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8777
8778 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8779 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8780 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8781 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8782 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8783 of the
8784 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8785 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8786
8787 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8788 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8789 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8790 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8791 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8792 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8793 never required for real, as far as we know.
8794
8795 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8796 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8797 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8798 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8799 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8800 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8801 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8802 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8803 the prompt.)
8804
8805 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8806 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8807 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8808 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8809 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8810 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8811 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8812 script).
8813
8814 Multi-volume archives
8815
8816 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8817 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8818 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8819 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8820
8821 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8822 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8823 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8824 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8825 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8826 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8827 the file begins.
8828
8829 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8830 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8831 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8832 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8833
8834 @smallexample
8835 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8836 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8837 @end smallexample
8838
8839 @menu
8840 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8841 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8842 @end menu
8843
8844 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8845 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8846 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8847 @UNREVISED
8848
8849 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8850 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8851 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8852 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8853 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8854 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8855
8856 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8857 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8858 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8859 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8860 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8861 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8862
8863 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8864 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8865 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8866 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8867 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8868 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8869
8870 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8871 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8872 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8873 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8874 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8875 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8876 information about extracting archives.
8877
8878 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8879 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8880 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8881 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8882 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8883 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8884 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8885
8886 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8887 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8888 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8889 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8890
8891 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8892 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8893 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8894 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8895 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8896
8897 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8898 @FIXME{example}
8899
8900 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8901 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8902
8903 @table @kbd
8904 @item --multi-volume
8905 @itemx -M
8906 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8907 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8908 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8909 operation.
8910
8911 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8912 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8913 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8914 @value{op-create}.
8915 @end table
8916
8917 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8918 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8919 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8920 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8921 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8922 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8923 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8924 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8925 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8926 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8927 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8928 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8929
8930 @node Tape Files
8931 @subsection Tape Files
8932 @UNREVISED
8933
8934 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8935 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8936 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8937 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8938 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8939 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8940 volume label will have
8941 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8942 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8943 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8944 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8945
8946 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8947 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8948 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8949 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8950 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8951 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8952 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8953
8954 People seem to often do:
8955
8956 @smallexample
8957 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8958 @end smallexample
8959
8960 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8961
8962 @node label
8963 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8964 @cindex Labeling an archive
8965 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8966 @UNREVISED
8967
8968 @table @kbd
8969 @item -V @var{name}
8970 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8971 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8972 @end table
8973
8974 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8975 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8976 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8977 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8978 next, and so on.
8979
8980 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8981
8982 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8983 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8984 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8985 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8986 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8987
8988 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8989 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8990 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8991 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8992 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8993 volume archives.}
8994
8995 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8996 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8997 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8998 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8999 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
9000 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
9001 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
9002 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
9003 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
9004 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
9005 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
9006 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
9007 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
9008 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
9009
9010 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
9011 under that name anymore.
9012
9013 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
9014 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
9015 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
9016 in the example below:
9017
9018 @smallexample
9019 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9020 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9021 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9022 @end smallexample
9023
9024 @table @kbd
9025 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9026 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9027 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9028 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9029 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
9030 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
9031 @value{op-extract} option.
9032 @end table
9033
9034 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
9035 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
9036 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9037 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9038
9039 @smallexample
9040 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9041 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9042 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9043 @end smallexample
9044
9045 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9046 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9047 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9048 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9049 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9050 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9051 is usually not the case.
9052
9053 @FIXME{was --volume}
9054
9055 @node verify
9056 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9057 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9058 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9059
9060 @table @kbd
9061 @item -W
9062 @itemx --verify
9063 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9064 @end table
9065
9066 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9067 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9068 are recorded on the standard error output.
9069
9070 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9071 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9072 cannot be verified.
9073
9074 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9075 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9076 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9077 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9078 it is up to date.
9079
9080 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9081 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
9082 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
9083 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9084 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9085
9086 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9087 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9088 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9089 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9090
9091 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
9092 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
9093 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
9094
9095 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9096 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
9097 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
9098 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9099 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
9100 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9101 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9102 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
9103 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9104 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9105 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9106 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9107
9108 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9109 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9110 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9111 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9112 as long as programming is concerned.
9113
9114 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
9115 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
9116 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
9117 for more information on these operations.
9118
9119 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9120 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9121 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9122 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9123 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9124
9125 @node Write Protection
9126 @section Write Protection
9127
9128 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9129 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9130 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9131 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9132 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9133 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9134
9135 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9136 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9137 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9138 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9139 changeable feature.
9140
9141 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9142 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9143 @include freemanuals.texi
9144
9145 @node Copying This Manual
9146 @appendix Copying This Manual
9147
9148 @menu
9149 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9150 @end menu
9151
9152 @include fdl.texi
9153
9154 @node Index
9155 @appendix Index
9156
9157 @printindex cp
9158
9159 @summarycontents
9160 @contents
9161 @bye
9162
9163 @c Local variables:
9164 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9165 @c End:
This page took 0.443876 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.